Document:

Indenture

 Exhibit 4.1 
 Execution Copy 
  

 
  

BASIC ENERGY SERVICES, INC., 
 as Issuer, 
 The GUARANTORS named herein 

and 
 WELLS
FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 as Trustee 

 
  

INDENTURE 

Dated as of October 16, 2012 
  

 

7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2022, Series A 

7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2022, Series B 

 
  

 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

 

					
	 TIA
 Section
	 	 	  	 Indenture

Section

	310(a)(1)	 		  	7.10
	      (a)(2)	 		  	7.10
	      (a)(3)	 		  	N.A.
	      (a)(4)	 		  	N.A
	      (a)(5)	 		  	7.10
	      (b)	 		  	7.08; 7.10; 11.02
	      (b)(1)	 		  	7.10
	      (c)	 		  	N.A.
	311(a)	 		  	7.11
	      (b)	 		  	7.11
	      (c)	 		  	N.A.
	312(a)	 		  	2.05
	      (b)	 		  	11.03
	      (c)	 		  	11.03
	313(a)	 		  	7.06
	      (b)(1)	 		  	7.06
	      (b)(2)	 		  	7.06
	      (c)	 		  	7.06; 11.02
	      (d)	 		  	7.06
	314(a)	 		  	4.02; 4.04; 4.08; 11.02
	      (b)	 		  	12.02; 12.07
	      (c)(1)	 		  	2.02; 9.01
	      (c)(2)	 		  	11.04; 11.05
	      (c)(3)	 		  	N.A.
	      (d)	 		  	N.A.
	      (e)	 		  	11.05
	      (f)	 		  	N.A.
	315(a)	 		  	7.01; 7.02
	      (b)	 		  	7.05; 11.02
	      (c)	 		  	7.01
	      (d)	 		  	6.05; 7.01; 7.02
	      (e)	 		  	6.11
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	2.09
	      (a)(1)(A)	 		  	6.05
	      (a)(1)(B)	 		  	6.04
	      (a)(2)	 		  	8.02
	      (b)	 		  	6.07
	      (c)	 		  	8.04
	317(a)(1)	 		  	6.08
	      (a)(2)	 		  	6.09
	      (b)	 		  	2.04
	318(a)	 		  	11.01
		 	N.A. means Not Applicable	  	

  
 NOTE:
This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
		
	 ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	 	1	  
			
	 Section 1.01
	 	Definitions	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.02
	 	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	 	25	  
	 Section 1.03
	 	Rules of Construction	  	 	26	  
		
	 ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES
	  	 	26	  
			
	 Section 2.01
	 	Form and Dating	  	 	26	  
	 Section 2.02
	 	Execution and Authentication	  	 	27	  
	 Section 2.03
	 	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	28	  
	 Section 2.04
	 	Paying Agent to Hold Assets in Trust	  	 	28	  
	 Section 2.05
	 	Noteholder Lists	  	 	28	  
	 Section 2.06
	 	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	28	  
	 Section 2.07
	 	Replacement Notes	  	 	29	  
	 Section 2.08
	 	Outstanding Notes	  	 	29	  
	 Section 2.09
	 	Treasury Notes	  	 	30	  
	 Section 2.10
	 	Temporary Notes	  	 	30	  
	 Section 2.11
	 	Cancellation	  	 	30	  
	 Section 2.12
	 	Defaulted Interest	  	 	30	  
	 Section 2.13
	 	Deposit of Moneys	  	 	31	  
	 Section 2.14
	 	CUSIP Number	  	 	31	  
	 Section 2.15
	 	Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes	  	 	31	  
	 Section 2.16
	 	Registration of Transfers and Exchanges	  	 	32	  
	 Section 2.17
	 	Restrictive Legends	  	 	35	  
		
	 ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION
	  	 	37	  
			
	 Section 3.01
	 	Notices to Trustee	  	 	37	  
	 Section 3.02
	 	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	  	 	37	  
	 Section 3.03
	 	Notice of Redemption	  	 	37	  
	 Section 3.04
	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	38	  
	 Section 3.05
	 	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	 	38	  
	 Section 3.06
	 	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	 	39	  
		
	 ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS
	  	 	39	  
			
	 Section 4.01
	 	Payment of Notes	  	 	39	  
	 Section 4.02
	 	Reports to Holders	  	 	39	  
	 Section 4.03
	 	Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws	  	 	40	  
	 Section 4.04
	 	Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default	  	 	40	  
	 Section 4.05
	 	Payment of Taxes and Other Claims	  	 	41	  
	 Section 4.06
	 	Corporate Existence	  	 	41	  
	 Section 4.07
	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	42	  
	 Section 4.08
	 	Compliance with Laws	  	 	42	  
	 Section 4.09
	 	Maintenance of Properties and Insurance	  	 	42	  
	 Section 4.10
	 	Limitations on Additional Indebtedness	  	 	43	  
	 Section 4.11
	 	Limitations on Restricted Payments	  	 	45	  
	 Section 4.12
	 	Limitations on Asset Sales	  	 	47	  
	 Section 4.13
	 	Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	50	  
	 Section 4.14
	 	Limitation on Liens	  	 	51	  
	 Section 4.15
	 	Change of Control	  	 	52	  

  
 - i -

 Table of Contents 

(continued) 
  

							
	  	 	 	  	Page	 
			
	 Section 4.16
	 	Limitations on Dividend and Other Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries	  	 	54	  
	 Section 4.17
	 	[RESERVED]	  	 	55	  
	 Section 4.18
	 	Conduct of Business	  	 	55	  
	 Section 4.19
	 	Limitations on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	 	55	  
	 Section 4.20
	 	Additional Note Guarantees	  	 	56	  
	 Section 4.21
	 	Limitations on Layering Indebtedness	  	 	57	  
	 Section 4.22
	 	Covenant Suspension	  	 	57	  
		
	 ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
	  	 	58	  
			
	 Section 5.01
	 	Limitations on Mergers, Consolidations, Etc	  	 	58	  
	 Section 5.02
	 	Successor Person Substituted	  	 	59	  
		
	 ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  	 	60	  
			
	 Section 6.01
	 	Events of Default	  	 	60	  
	 Section 6.02
	 	Acceleration	  	 	61	  
	 Section 6.03
	 	Other Remedies	  	 	62	  
	 Section 6.04
	 	Waiver of Past Defaults and Events of Default	  	 	62	  
	 Section 6.05
	 	Control by Majority	  	 	63	  
	 Section 6.06
	 	Limitation on Suits	  	 	63	  
	 Section 6.07
	 	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	  	 	64	  
	 Section 6.08
	 	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	64	  
	 Section 6.09
	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	64	  
	 Section 6.10
	 	Priorities	  	 	64	  
	 Section 6.11
	 	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	65	  
		
	 ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE
	  	 	65	  
			
	 Section 7.01
	 	Duties of Trustee	  	 	65	  
	 Section 7.02
	 	Rights of Trustee	  	 	66	  
	 Section 7.03
	 	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	67	  
	 Section 7.04
	 	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	67	  
	 Section 7.05
	 	Notice of Defaults	  	 	68	  
	 Section 7.06
	 	Reports by Trustee to Holders	  	 	68	  
	 Section 7.07
	 	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	68	  
	 Section 7.08
	 	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	69	  
	 Section 7.09
	 	Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger or Conversion	  	 	70	  
	 Section 7.10
	 	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	70	  
	 Section 7.11
	 	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer	  	 	70	  
		
	 ARTICLE 8 AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
	  	 	70	  
			
	 Section 8.01
	 	Without Consent of Holders	  	 	70	  
	 Section 8.02
	 	With Consent of Holders	  	 	71	  
	 Section 8.03
	 	Compliance with TIA	  	 	72	  
	 Section 8.04
	 	Revocation and Effect of Consents; Evidence of Noteholder Action	  	 	72	  
	 Section 8.05
	 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	73	  
	 Section 8.06
	 	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc	  	 	73	  
		
	 ARTICLE 9 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
	  	 	73	  
			
	 Section 9.01
	 	Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture	  	 	73	  

  
 - ii -

 Table of Contents 

(continued) 
  

							
	  	 	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 9.02
	 	Legal Defeasance	  	 	74	  
	 Section 9.03
	 	Covenant Defeasance	  	 	75	  
	 Section 9.04
	 	Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	75	  
	 Section 9.05
	 	Application of Trust Money	  	 	76	  
	 Section 9.06
	 	Repayment to the Issuer	  	 	77	  
	 Section 9.07
	 	Reinstatement	  	 	77	  
		
	 ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES
	  	 	77	  
			
	 Section 10.01
	 	Unconditional Guarantee	  	 	77	  
	 Section 10.02
	 	Severability	  	 	78	  
	 Section 10.03
	 	Limitation on Guarantor’s Liability	  	 	78	  
	 Section 10.04
	 	Successors and Assigns	  	 	79	  
	 Section 10.05
	 	No Waiver	  	 	79	  
	 Section 10.06
	 	Release of Guarantor	  	 	79	  
	 Section 10.07
	 	Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors	  	 	80	  
	 Section 10.08
	 	Notation of Note Guarantee	  	 	80	  
	 Section 10.09
	 	Subordination of Subrogation and Other Rights	  	 	80	  
		
	 ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	81	  
			
	 Section 11.01
	 	TIA Controls	  	 	81	  
	 Section 11.02
	 	Notices	  	 	81	  
	 Section 11.03
	 	Communications by Holders with Other Holders	  	 	82	  
	 Section 11.04
	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	82	  
	 Section 11.05
	 	Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion	  	 	82	  
	 Section 11.06
	 	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	 	83	  
	 Section 11.07
	 	Legal Holidays	  	 	83	  
	 Section 11.08
	 	Governing Law	  	 	83	  
	 Section 11.09
	 	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	 	83	  
	 Section 11.10
	 	No Recourse Against Others	  	 	83	  
	 Section 11.11
	 	Successors	  	 	83	  
	 Section 11.12
	 	Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities	  	 	83	  
	 Section 11.13
	 	Multiple Counterparts	  	 	84	  
	 Section 11.14
	 	Table of Contents, Headings, etc	  	 	84	  
	 Section 11.15
	 	Separability	  	 	84	  
			
	 Signatures
	 		  	 	S-1	  

 EXHIBITS 
  

							
	 Exhibit A
	 	Form of Series A Note	  	 	A-1	  
	 Exhibit B
	 	Form of Series B Note	  	 	B-1	  
	 Exhibit C
	 	Form of Certificate to Be Delivered Upon Exchange or Registration of Transfer of Notes	  	 	C-1	  
	 Exhibit D
	 	Form of Transferee Letter of Representation	  	 	D-1	  
	 Exhibit E
	 	Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Regulation S Transfers	  	 	E-1	  
	 Exhibit F
	 	Form of Supplemental Indenture	  	 	F-1	  

  
 - iii -

 THIS INDENTURE, dated as of October 16, 2012, is among Basic Energy Services, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), each of the Guarantors (as defined herein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 

The Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2022, Series A (the “Initial Notes”) and
7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2022, Series B (the “Exchange Notes”) and, to provide therefor, the Issuer and each Guarantor have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.

 All things necessary to make the Notes, when duly issued and executed by the Issuer, and authenticated and
delivered hereunder, the valid obligations of the Issuer, and to make this Indenture a valid and binding agreement of the Issuer and the Guarantors, have been done. 
 Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders: 
  

ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01 Definitions. The terms defined in this Section 1.01 have the meanings indicated herein. Other capitalized terms used in this Indenture are defined elsewhere in this Indenture.

 “acceleration declaration” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.02. 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means (1) with respect to any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue
Date, Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business to acquire assets used or useful in its business) existing at the time such
Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary that was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and (2) with respect to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of a Person
(including, for the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business to acquire assets used or useful in its business), other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, existing at the time such Person
is merged with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Indebtedness expressly assumed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the acquisition of an asset or assets from another Person, which Indebtedness was not, in
any case, incurred by such other Person in connection with, or in contemplation of, such merger or acquisition. 

“Additional Notes” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.02. 

“Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person which directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by, or is under
direct or indirect common control with, the referent Person. For purposes of Section 4.13, Affiliates shall be deemed to include, with respect to any Person, any other Person (1) which beneficially owns or holds, directly or indirectly,
10% or more of any class of the Voting Stock of the referent Person, (2) of which 10% or more of the Voting Stock is beneficially owned or held, directly or indirectly, by the referenced Person or (3) with respect to an individual, any
immediate family member of such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person shall mean the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise. 
 “Affiliate Transaction” has the meaning given to such term in
Section 4.13(a). 

 “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, co-Registrar, Authenticating
Agent or agent for services of notices and demands. 
 “Agent Members” has the meaning given to such term in
Section 2.15(a). 
 “amend” means to amend, supplement, restate, amend and restate or otherwise modify,
including successively, and “amendment” shall have a correlative meaning. 
 “Applicable
Premium” means, as to each Note on any applicable Redemption Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of: 
 (1) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the Redemption Price of such Note at October 15, 2017 (such Redemption Price being set forth in the table appearing in paragraph 5 of such
Note) plus (ii) all required interest payments (excluding accrued and unpaid interest to such Redemption Date) due on such Note through October 15, 2017, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date
plus 50 basis points; over 
 (2) the principal amount of such Note. 

“asset” means any asset or property. 
 “Asset Acquisition” means 
 (1) an Investment by
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in any other Person if, as a result of such Investment, such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, or shall be merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Issuer, or 
 (2) the acquisition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer of all or
substantially all of the assets of any other Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) or any division or line of business of any such other Person (other than in the ordinary course of business). 

 
 “Asset Sale” means any sale, issuance, conveyance,
transfer, lease, assignment or other disposition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including by means of a sale and leaseback transaction or a merger or consolidation)
(collectively, for purposes of this definition, a “transfer”), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of any assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course of business.
For purposes of this definition, the term “Asset Sale” shall not include: 
 (1) transfers of cash or
Cash Equivalents; 
 (2) transfers of assets (including Equity Interests) that are governed by, and made in
accordance with, Section 4.15 or Article 5; 
 (3) Permitted Investments and Restricted Payments permitted
under Section 4.11; 
 (4) the creation of or realization on any Lien permitted under this Indenture and any
disposition of assets resulting from the enforcement or foreclosure of any such Lien; 
 (5) transfers of
damaged, worn-out or obsolete equipment or assets that, in the Issuer’s reasonable judgment, are no longer used or useful in the business of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 2 

 (6) sales or grants of licenses or sublicenses to use the patents, trade
secrets, know-how and other Intellectual Property, and licenses, leases or subleases of other assets, of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent not materially interfering with the business of the Issuer and the Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (7) any sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or any sale or issuance of
Equity Interests in each case, made pursuant to a Permitted Joint Venture Investment; 
 (8) the trade or
exchange by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any asset for any other asset or assets; provided, that the Fair Market Value of the asset or assets received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such trade or exchange
(including any such cash or Cash Equivalents) is at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or an executive officer of the Issuer or of such Restricted Subsidiary with responsibility for such
transaction, which determination shall be conclusive evidence of compliance with this provision) of the asset or assets disposed of by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to such trade or exchange; and, provided, further, that if any
cash or Cash Equivalents are used in such trade or exchange to achieve an exchange of equivalent value, that the amount of such cash and/or Cash Equivalents shall be deemed proceeds of an “Asset Sale,” subject to the following clause (9);
and 
 (9) any transfer or series of related transfers that, but for this clause, would be Asset Sales, if after
giving effect to such transfers, the aggregate Fair Market Value of the assets transferred in such transaction or any such series of related transactions does not exceed $3.0 million per occurrence or $10.0 million in any fiscal year. 

“Authenticating Agent” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.02. 

“Bankruptcy Law” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.01. 

“Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the board of directors
of such Person, (ii) in the case of any partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of such Person and (iii) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing or, in each case, other than for purposes of the
definition of “Change of Control,” any duly authorized committee of such body. 
 “Board Resolution”
means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such
certification, and delivered to the Trustee. 
 “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or
other day on which banking institutions in New York are authorized or required by law to close. 
 “Capitalized
Lease” means a lease required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. 

“Capitalized Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a
Capitalized Lease, and the amount of such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 3 

 “Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any
agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof), maturing within 360 days of the date of acquisition thereof; 

(2) demand and time deposits and certificates of deposit of any Lender or any commercial bank having, or which is the
principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia having, capital and surplus aggregating in excess of $300.0 million and a rating of “A” (or
such other similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act) maturing within 360 days of the date of acquisition by such Person; 

(3) commercial paper issued by any Person incorporated in the United States rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof
by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency if both S&P and Moody’s cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and in each case
maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition by such Person; 
 (4) repurchase obligations with
a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (2) above; 

(5) securities issued and fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by
any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, rated at least “A” by Moody’s or S&P and having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; 

(6) investments in money market or other mutual funds substantially all of whose assets comprise securities of the types
described in clauses (1) through (5) above; and 
 (7) demand deposit accounts maintained in the
ordinary course of business. 
 “Certificated Notes” means one or more certificated Notes in registered form.

 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: 

(1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation),
in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the
Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder; 
 (2) any “person” or “group” (as such terms
are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause that person
or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of
Voting Stock representing 50% or more of the voting power of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the Issuer; provided, however, that such event shall not be deemed to be a Change of Control so long as the Permitted Holders own Voting Stock
representing in the aggregate a greater percentage of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer than such other person or group; 

  
 4 

 (3) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the
beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors (together with any new directors whose election to such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Issuer was approved by a vote of a majority of the
directors of the Issuer then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors
of the Issuer; and 
 (4) the adoption by the stockholders of the Issuer of a Plan of Liquidation. 

For purposes of this definition, a Person shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase
agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement. 

“Change of Control Payment Date” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.15(b)(2). 

“Change of Control Purchase Price” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.15(a). 

“Commission” or “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time
constituted, or if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the applicable duties now assigned to it, then the body or bodies performing such duties at such time. 

“Consolidated Amortization Expense” for any period means the amortization expense of the Issuer and the Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that such amortization expense shall in any event include amortization of goodwill and other intangibles. 

“Consolidated Cash Flow” for any period means, without duplication, the sum of the amounts for such period of

 (1) Consolidated Net Income, plus 

(2) in each case only to the extent (and in the same proportion) deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income and with
respect to the portion of Consolidated Net Income attributable to any Restricted Subsidiary only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be distributed to the Issuer by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior
approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders,

 (a) Consolidated Income Tax Expense, 

(b) Consolidated Amortization Expense (but only to the extent not included in Consolidated Interest Expense), 

(c) Consolidated Depreciation Expense, 

(d) Consolidated Interest Expense, and 

  
 5 

 (e) all other non-cash items reducing the Consolidated Net Income (excluding
any non-cash charge that results in an accrual of a reserve for cash charges in any future period) for such period, 
 in each
case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, minus 
 (3) the aggregate amount of all
non-cash items, determined on a consolidated basis, to the extent such items increased Consolidated Net Income for such period. 

“Consolidated Depreciation Expense” for any period means the depreciation expense of the Issuer and the Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Income Tax
Expense” for any period means the provision for taxes of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of Consolidated Cash Flow during the most recent four consecutive full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available
(the “Four-Quarter Period”) ending on or prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (the “Transaction Date”) to Consolidated Interest Expense
for the Four-Quarter Period. For purposes of this definition, Consolidated Cash Flow and Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to: 

(1) the incurrence of any Indebtedness or the issuance of any Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
(and the application of the proceeds thereof) and any repayment, repurchase or redemption of other Indebtedness or other Preferred Stock (and the application of the proceeds therefrom) (other than the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness in the
ordinary course of business for working capital purposes pursuant to any revolving credit arrangement) occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction
Date, as if such incurrence, repayment, repurchase, issuance or redemption, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period; and 

(2) any Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to
make such calculation as a result of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any Person who becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Acquisition) incurring Acquired Indebtedness and also including any Consolidated Cash
Flow (including any pro forma expense and cost reductions calculated in good faith on a reasonable basis by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Issuer) occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last
day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date), as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence of, or assumption or liability for, any such Indebtedness or Acquired Indebtedness) occurred on the first
day of the Four-Quarter Period; provided, that the Officer making the pro forma calculation described above may in his discretion include any pro forma changes to Consolidated Cash Flow, including any pro forma reductions of expenses and
costs, that have occurred or are reasonably expected by such Officer to occur within one year of closing of such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition (regardless of whether such expense or cost savings or any other operating improvements could then be
reflected properly in pro forma financial statements prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act or any other regulation or policy of the Commission). 

  
 6 

 In calculating Consolidated Interest Expense for purposes of determining the denominator
(but not the numerator) of this Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio: 
 (1) interest on outstanding Indebtedness
determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the
Transaction Date; 
 (2) if interest on any Indebtedness actually incurred on the Transaction Date may optionally
be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a Eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Transaction Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the
Four-Quarter Period; and 
 (3) notwithstanding clause (1) or (2) above, interest on Indebtedness
determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to Hedging Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of these agreements. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” for any period means the sum, without duplication, of the total interest expense of the
Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and including, without duplication, 
 (1) imputed interest on Capitalized Lease Obligations, 
 (2)
commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit securing financial obligations, bankers’ acceptance financing and receivables financings, 

(3) the net costs associated with Hedging Obligations related to interest rates, 

(4) amortization of debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium and other financing fees and expenses, 

(5) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligations, 

(6) all other non-cash interest expense, 

(7) capitalized interest, 
 (8) all dividend payments on any series of Disqualified Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than dividends on
Equity Interests payable solely in Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer or to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer), 
 (9) all interest payable with respect to discontinued operations, and 
 (10) all interest on any Indebtedness described in clause (7) or (8) of the definition of Indebtedness. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” for any period means the net income (or loss) of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from such net income (to the extent otherwise included therein), without duplication: 

  
 7 

 (1) the net income (or loss) of any Person (other than a Restricted
Subsidiary) in which any Person other than the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent that cash in an amount equal to any such income has actually been received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries during such period; 
 (2) except to the extent includible in the Consolidated Net Income of the
Issuer pursuant to the foregoing clause (1), the net income (or loss) of any Person that accrued prior to the date that (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary or (b) the assets of such Person are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (3)
the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its charter
or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary during such period, except that the Issuer’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period
shall be included in determining Consolidated Net Income; 
 (4) for the purposes of calculating the Restricted
Payments Basket only, in the case of a successor to the Issuer by consolidation, merger or transfer of its assets, any income (or loss) of the successor prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets; 

(5) other than for purposes of calculating the Restricted Payments Basket, any gain (or loss), together with any related
provisions for taxes on any such gain (or the tax effect of any such loss), realized during such period by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary upon (a) the acquisition of any securities, or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness, of the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) any Asset Sale by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (6)
gains and losses due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects according to GAAP; 

(7) unrealized gains and losses with respect to Hedging Obligations; 

(8) the cumulative effect of any change in accounting principles; and 

(9) other than for purposes of calculating the Restricted Payments Basket, any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (or
extraordinary or nonrecurring loss), together with any related provision for taxes on any such extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (or the tax effect of any such extraordinary or nonrecurring loss), realized by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
during such period. 
 In addition, any return of capital with respect to an Investment that increased the Restricted Payments
Basket pursuant to clause (3)(D) of clause (a) of Section 4.11 or decreased the amount of Investments outstanding pursuant to clause (16) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” shall be excluded from Consolidated
Net Income for purposes of calculating the Restricted Payments Basket. 
 For purposes of this definition of “Consolidated
Net Income,” “nonrecurring” means any gain or loss as of any date that is not reasonably likely to recur within the two years following such date; provided that if there was a gain or loss similar to such gain or loss within
the two years preceding such date, such gain or loss shall not be deemed nonrecurring. 

  
 8 

 “Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, with respect to any Person as of any
date, the amount which, in accordance with GAAP, would be set forth under the caption “Total Assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, less all goodwill, patents,
tradenames, trademarks, copyrights, franchises, experimental expenses, organization expenses and any other amounts classified as intangible assets in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Contingent Obligation” shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation, agreement, understanding or arrangement of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness,
leases, dividends or other obligations (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person,
whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor; (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or
(ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the
owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation; (d) with respect to bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit, until a reimbursement obligation arises (which
obligation shall constitute Indebtedness); or (e) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not
include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or any product warranties for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an
amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made (or, if less, the maximum amount of such primary obligation for which such Person may be liable, whether severally or
jointly, pursuant to the terms of the instrument evidencing such Contingent Obligation) or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as
determined by such Person in good faith. 
 “Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which
at any particular time its corporate trust business in relation to this Indenture shall be principally administered, which office at the date of execution of this Indenture is located at 750 North St. Paul Place, Suite 1750, Dallas, Texas 75201, or
such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to
time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer). 
 “Covenant Defeasance” has the meaning given to such term in
Section 9.03(b). 
 “Coverage Ratio Exception” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10(a).

 “Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement to be dated as February 15, 2011, by and among the
Issuer, as Borrower, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Capital One, National Association, as joint lead arrangers, and the other lenders named therein, as amended by Amendment
No. 1 thereto, dated as of June 7, 2011, Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of July 15, 2011, Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of April 5, 2012, and Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of October 1, 2012,
including any notes, guarantees, collateral and security documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith (including Hedging Obligations related to the Indebtedness incurred thereunder), and in each case as further amended or
refinanced from time to time. 
 “Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (which may be
outstanding at the same time and including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans or letters of credit and, in each case, as such agreements may be amended, refinanced or otherwise restructured,
in whole or in part from time to time (including increasing the amount of available 

  
 9 

 
borrowings thereunder or adding Subsidiaries of the Issuer as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) with respect to all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or
agreements or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders. 
 “Custodian” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.01. 
 “Default” means (1) any Event of Default or (2) any event, act or condition that, after notice or the passage of time or both, would be an Event of Default. 

“Depository” means, with respect to the Notes issued in the form of one or more Global Notes, The Depository Trust
Company or another Person designated as Depository by the Issuer, which Person must be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act. 
 “Designation” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.19(a). 
 “Designation Amount” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.19(a)(2). 
 “Disqualified Equity Interests” of any Person means any class of Equity Interests of such Person that, by its terms, or by the terms of any related agreement or of any security into which
it is convertible, puttable or exchangeable (in each case, at the option of the holder thereof), is, or upon the happening of any event or the passage of time would be, required to be redeemed by such Person, at the option of the holder thereof, or
matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date which is 91 days after the final maturity date of the Notes; provided, however, that any class of Equity
Interests of such Person that, by its terms, authorizes such Person to satisfy in full its obligations with respect to the payment of dividends or upon maturity, redemption (pursuant to a sinking fund or otherwise) or repurchase thereof or otherwise
by the delivery of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests, and that is not convertible, puttable or exchangeable for Disqualified Equity Interests or Indebtedness, will not be deemed to be Disqualified Equity Interests so long
as such Person satisfies its obligations with respect thereto solely by the delivery of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests; provided, further, however, that any Equity Interests that would not constitute
Disqualified Equity Interests but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof (or the holders of any security into or for which such Equity Interests are convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) the right to require the Issuer to repurchase or
redeem such Equity Interests upon the occurrence of a change in control or an asset sale occurring prior to the 91st day after the final maturity date of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests if the change of control or asset
sale provisions applicable to such Equity Interests are no more favorable to such holders than the provisions of Section 4.12 and Section 4.15, respectively, and such Equity Interests specifically provide that the Issuer will not
repurchase or redeem any such Equity Interests pursuant to such provisions prior to the Issuer’s purchase of the Notes as required pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12 and Section 4.15, respectively. 

“Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means (i) each Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer organized or existing under the
laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (ii) any other Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees any Indebtedness under any Credit Facility. 

“Earn Out Obligation” means those contingent obligations of the Issuer incurred in favor of a seller (or other third
party entitled thereto) under or with respect to any Permitted Acquisition (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement as of the Issue Date). 
 “EDGAR” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.02. 

  
 10 

 “Equity Interests” of any Person means (1) any and all shares or other
equity interests (including common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests and partnership interests) in such Person and (2) all rights to purchase, warrants or options (whether or not currently exercisable), participations
or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares or other interests in such Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Equity Interests, regardless of whether such debt securities
include any right of participation with Equity Interests. 
 “Event of Default” has the meaning given to such
term in Section 6.01. 
 “Excess Proceeds” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.12(f).

 “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

“Exchange Notes” has the meaning provided in the preamble of this Indenture. 

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset, the price (after taking into account any liabilities relating to
such assets) that would be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction for cash between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of which is under any compulsion to complete the transaction, as such price is determined in good faith
by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or a duly authorized committee thereof, as evidenced by a resolution of such Board of Directors or committee. 
 “fiscal year” means the twelve-month period ending each December 31, or such other period fixed in accordance with this Indenture. 

“Foreign Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer other than a Domestic Restricted
Subsidiary. 
 “Future Guarantor” has the meaning given to such term in Section 10.03(b)(1). 

“GAAP “ means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, that are in effect from time to time. All
ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture will be computed in conformity with GAAP. At any time after the Issue Date, the Issuer may elect to apply International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”)
accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references in this Indenture to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS; provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided,
further, that any calculation or determination in this Indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Issuer’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or
determined in accordance with GAAP. The Issuer shall give notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the Holders. 
 “Global Notes” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.01. 
 “guarantee” means a direct or indirect guarantee by any Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person and includes any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such
Person (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keepwell, to purchase assets, goods,
securities or services (unless such purchase arrangements are on arm’s-length terms and are entered into in the ordinary course of business), to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or (2) entered into
for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); “guarantee,” when used as a verb, and
“guaranteed” have correlative meanings. 

  
 11 

 “Guarantors” means each Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is a
signatory to this Indenture on the Issue Date, and each other Person that is required to, or at the election of the Issuer does, become a Guarantor by the terms of this Indenture after the Issue Date, in each case, until such Person is released from
its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
 “Hedging Obligations” of any Person means
the obligations of such Person under swap, cap, collar, forward purchase or similar agreements or arrangements dealing with interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices, either generally or under specific contingencies. 

“Holder” means any registered holder, from time to time, of the Notes. 

“incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness or Obligation, incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise
become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to such Indebtedness or Obligation; provided that (1) the Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Issuer shall be deemed to have been incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer and (2) neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount or the accretion or
accumulation of dividends on any Equity Interests shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness. 

“Indebtedness” of any Person at any date means, without duplication: 

(1) all liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of such Person for borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender
is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof); 
 (2) all obligations of such Person
evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; 
 (3) all reimbursement obligations of such
Person in respect of letters of credit, letters of guaranty, bankers’ acceptances and similar credit transactions; 
 (4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, except trade payables and accrued expenses incurred by such Person in the ordinary course of
business in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services; 
 (5) the maximum fixed redemption or
repurchase price of all Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person; 
 (6) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of
such Person; 
 (7) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such
Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; 
 (8) all Indebtedness of others guaranteed by such Person to the extent
of such guarantee; provided that Indebtedness of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries that is guaranteed by the Issuer or the Issuer’s Subsidiaries shall only be counted once in the calculation of the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and
its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; 
 (9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging
Obligations of such Person; 
 (10) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title
retention agreements relating to assets purchased by such Person; and 

  
 12 

 (11) all Contingent Obligations (other than Earn Out Obligations) of such
Person in respect of Indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (1) through (10) above. 
 The amount of any Indebtedness which is incurred at a discount to the principal amount at maturity thereof as of any date shall be deemed to have been incurred at the accreted value thereof as of such
date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above, the maximum liability of such Person for any such contingent obligations at such date and,
in the case of clause (7), the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of any asset subject to a Lien securing the Indebtedness of others on the date that the Lien attaches and (b) the amount of the Indebtedness secured. For purposes of clause
(5), the “maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price” of any Disqualified Equity Interests that do not have a fixed redemption or repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Equity Interests as
if such Disqualified Equity Interests were redeemed or repurchased on any date on which an amount of Indebtedness outstanding shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time. 

“Independent Director” means a director of the Issuer who 

(1) is independent with respect to the transaction at issue; 

(2) does not have any material financial interest in the Issuer or any of its Affiliates (other than as a result of
holding securities of the Issuer); and 
 (3) has not and whose Affiliates or affiliated firm has not, at any
time during the twelve months prior to the taking of any action hereunder, directly or indirectly, received, or entered into any understanding or agreement to receive, any compensation, payment or other benefit, of any type or form, from the Issuer
or any of its Affiliates, other than customary directors’ fees for serving on the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any Affiliate and reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses for attendance at the Issuer’s or Affiliate’s board and
board committee meetings. 
 “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment
banking firm of nationally recognized standing that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer’s Board of Directors, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged and disinterested and independent with respect to the Issuer and
its Affiliates. 
 “Initial Notes” has the meaning provided in the preamble to this Indenture. 

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as that term is
defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Intellectual
Property” means all patents, patent applications, trademarks, trade names, service marks, copyrights, technology, trade secrets, proprietary information, domain names, know how and processes necessary for the conduct of the Issuer’s or
any Restricted Subsidiary’s business as currently conducted. 
 “Interest Payment Date” means the stated
maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” has the meaning given to such
term in Section 4.22. 

  
 13 

 “Investments” of any Person means: 

(1) all direct or indirect investments by such Person in any other Person in the form of loans, advances or capital
contributions or other credit extensions constituting Indebtedness of such other Person, and any guarantee of Indebtedness of any other Person; 
 (2) all purchases (or other acquisitions for consideration) by such Person of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities of any other Person (other than any such purchase that constitutes a
Restricted Payment of the type described in clause (2) of the definition thereof); 
 (3) all other items
that would be classified as investments on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP (including, if required by GAAP, purchases of assets outside the ordinary course of business); and 

(4) the Designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

Except as otherwise expressly specified in this definition, the amount of any Investment (other than an Investment made in cash) shall be
the Fair Market Value thereof on the date such Investment is made. The amount of Investment pursuant to clause (4) shall be the Designation Amount determined in accordance with Section 4.19. If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary sells
or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, or any Restricted Subsidiary issues any Equity Interests, in either case, such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a
Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or other disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Equity Interests of and all other Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary retained.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, purchases or redemptions of Equity Interests of the Issuer shall be deemed not to be Investments. 
 “Issue Date” means the date of original issuance of the Initial Notes. 
 “Issuer” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture, and thereafter means such successor. 

“Issuer Request” and “Issuer Order” mean, respectively, a written request or order signed in the name
of the Issuer by one of its Officers, and delivered to the Trustee. 
 “Legal Defeasance” has the meaning given
to such term in Section 9.02(b). 
 “Legal Holiday” has the meaning given to such term in
Section 11.07. 
 “Lender” means any lender under any Credit Facility. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, lien (statutory or other), pledge, lease,
easement, restriction, covenant, charge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind or nature in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement. 
 “Liquidated Damages” in relation to any Initial Notes or Additional Notes has the
meaning set forth in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Maturity Date” means April 15,
2022. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors. 

  
 14 

 “Net Available Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the
proceeds thereof in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale, net of 
 (1) brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses (including fees, discounts and expenses of legal counsel, accountants and investment banks, consultants and placement agents) of such Asset Sale;

 (2) provisions for taxes payable as a result of such Asset Sale (after taking into account any available tax
credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements); 
 (3) amounts required to be paid to any Person (other
than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and other than under a Credit Facility) owning a beneficial interest in the assets subject to the Asset Sale or having a Lien thereon; 

(4) payments of unassumed liabilities (not constituting Indebtedness) relating to the assets sold at the time of, or
within 30 days after the date of, such Asset Sale; and 
 (5) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve required in accordance with GAAP against any adjustment in the sale price of such asset or assets or liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including pensions and other postemployment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset
Sale, all as reflected in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; provided, however, that any amounts remaining after adjustments, revaluations or liquidations of such reserves shall constitute Net Available Proceeds.

 “Net Proceeds Deficiency” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.12(h). 

“Net Proceeds Offer” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.12(g)(1). 

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary: 

(1) as to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides credit support of any kind (including
any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender; and 

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action
against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Credit Agreement or Notes) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default on the other
Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity. 
 “Note
Guarantee” means the guarantee by each Guarantor of the obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Notes. 

“Notes” means the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes treated as a single class of securities, as
amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, that are issued pursuant to this Indenture. 

  
 15 

 “Obligation” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnification, reimbursements, costs, expenses, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
 “Offer Payment Date” means any date on which a Net Proceeds Offer is consummated. 
 “Offered Price” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.12(g)(2). 
 “Offering” means the offering of $300 million aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes by the Issuer pursuant to the Offering Memorandum. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the final Offering Memorandum dated October 1, 2012 relating to the offering of the
Initial Notes. 
 “Officer” means any of the following of the Issuer: the Chairman of the Board of Directors,
the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who and which is acceptable to the Trustee complying
with the requirements of this Indenture. 
 “Other Guarantor” has the meaning given to such term in
Section 10.03(a)(2). 
 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor
that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as applicable. 
 “Pari Passu
Indebtedness Price” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.12(g)(2). 
 “Paying Agent”
has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.03. 
 “Payment Amount” has the meaning given to such term
in Section 4.12(g)(1). 
 “payment default” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.01(e).

 “Permitted Acquisition Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such
Indebtedness was incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Subsidiary was acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture (other than Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to
which such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary or was acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided that on the date of such acquisition or merger, amalgamation or consolidation and after giving pro forma effect thereto:
(a) the Issuer would have be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (b) the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would have
been greater than the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction. 
 “Permitted
Business” means the businesses engaged in by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date as described in the Offering Memorandum and businesses that are reasonably related thereto or reasonable extensions thereof. 

  
 16 

 “Permitted Holder” means Credit Suisse, a Swiss Bank, Credit Suisse Group,
Credit Suisse Holdings (USA), Inc., Credit Suisse (USA), Inc. and their respective Affiliates. 
 “Permitted
Indebtedness” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.10(b). 
 “Permitted Investment”
means: 
 (1) (i) Investments by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor in (a) any Subsidiary Guarantor or
(b) any Person that will become immediately after such Investment a Subsidiary Guarantor or that will merge or consolidate into the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor and (ii) Investments by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a
Subsidiary Guarantor in any other Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) Investments in the Issuer by any Restricted
Subsidiary; 
 (3) loans and advances to directors, employees and officers of the Issuer and the Restricted
Subsidiaries (i) in the ordinary course of business (including payroll, travel and entertainment related advances) (other than any loans or advances to any director or executive officer (or equivalent thereof) that would be in violation of
Section 402 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act) and (ii) to purchase Equity Interests of the Issuer not in excess of $2.5 million at any one time outstanding; 
 (4) Hedging Obligations entered into for bona fide hedging purposes of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not for the purpose of speculation; 

(5) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents; 

(6) receivables owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business
and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the
circumstances; 
 (7) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received pursuant to any plan of
reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers; 

(8) Investments made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of consideration received in connection with
an Asset Sale made in compliance with Section 4.12; 
 (9) lease, utility and other similar deposits in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (10) Investments made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary for consideration
consisting only of Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries; 
 (11) stock,
obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments; 

(12) Permitted Joint Venture Investments made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate amount
(measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) after the Issue Date, that does not exceed $20.0
million; 

  
 17 

 (13) Investments existing on the Issue Date; 

(14) repurchases of, or other Investments in, the Notes; 

(15) advances, deposits and prepayments for purchases of any assets, including any Equity Interests; and 

(16) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was
made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (16) since the Issue Date, not to exceed the greater of (a) $25.0 million or (b) 5.0% of the
Issuer’s Consolidated Tangible Assets. 
 In determining whether any Investment is a Permitted Investment, the Issuer may
allocate or reallocate all or any portion of an Investment among the clauses of this definition and any of the provisions of Section 4.11. 
 “Permitted Joint Venture Investment” means, with respect to an Investment by any specified Person, an Investment by such specified Person in any other Person engaged in a Permitted
Business (a) over which the specified Person is responsible (either directly or through a services agreement) for day-to-day operations or otherwise has operational and managerial control of such other Person, or veto power over significant
management decisions affecting such other Person and (b) of which at least 30% of the outstanding Equity Interests of such other Person is at the time owned directly or indirectly by the specified Person. 

“Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens: 

(1) inchoate Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies which (a) are not yet due and payable or
delinquent or (b) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have set aside on their books such reserves as may be required pursuant to GAAP; 

(2) Liens in respect of property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary imposed by law, which were not incurred or
created to secure Indebtedness for borrowed money, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, landlords’, workmen’s, suppliers’, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens arising in the
ordinary course of business, and which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and do not materially impair the use thereof in the operation of the
business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; 
 (3) Liens (i) imposed by law or
deposits made in connection therewith in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, (ii) incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure the
performance of tenders, statutory obligations (other than excise taxes), surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, statutory bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return of money bonds and other similar
obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money) or (iii) arising by virtue of deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability for premiums to insurance carriers; 

(4) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s
obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

  
 18 

 (5) Liens arising out of judgments or awards not resulting in a Default or
an Event of Default; 
 (6) easements, rights of way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), covenants,
encroachments, protrusions and other similar charges or encumbrances, and minor title deficiencies on or with respect to any Real Property, in each case whether now or hereafter in existence, not (i) securing Indebtedness,
(ii) individually or in the aggregate materially impairing the value or marketability of such Real Property and (iii) individually or in the aggregate materially interfering with the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries at such Real Property; 
 (7) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial
letters of credit which encumber documents and other assets relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof; 
 (8) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual or warranty requirements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including rights of offset
and setoff; 
 (9) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to
cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more of accounts maintained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained,
securing amounts owing to such bank with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements; 

(10) Leases with respect to the assets or properties of the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case entered
into in the ordinary course of the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s business so long as such Leases do not, individually or in the aggregate, (i) interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) materially impair the use (for its intended purposes) or the value of the property subject thereto; 
 (11) the filing of financing statements solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases or consignment of goods; 

(12) Liens securing all of the Notes and Liens securing any Note Guarantee; 

(13) Liens securing Hedging Obligations entered into for bona fide hedging purposes of the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary not for the purpose of speculation; 
 (14) Liens existing on the Issue Date securing Indebtedness
outstanding on the Issue Date; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness, if any, secured by such Liens does not increase; and (ii) such Liens do not encumber any property other than the property subject
thereto on the Issue Date; 
 (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or a Guarantor; 

(16) Liens securing Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities incurred and then outstanding pursuant to sub-clause
(1) of clause (b) of Section 4.10; 

  
 19 

 (17) Liens arising pursuant to Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred pursuant
to sub-clause (7) of clause (b) of Section 4.10; provided that (i) the Indebtedness secured by any such Lien (including refinancings thereof) does not exceed 100% of the cost of the property being acquired or leased at the
time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness and (ii) any such Liens attach only to the property being financed pursuant to such Purchase Money Indebtedness and do not encumber any other property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 (18) Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided that
the Liens do not extend to assets not subject to such Lien at the time of acquisition (other than improvements thereon) and are no more favorable to the lienholders than those securing such Acquired Indebtedness prior to the incurrence of such
Acquired Indebtedness by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (19) Liens on property of a Person existing at
the time such Person is acquired or merged with or into or consolidated with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (and not created in anticipation or contemplation thereof); provided that such Liens do not extend to property not subject to
such Liens at the time of acquisition (other than improvements thereon) and are no more favorable to the lienholders than the existing Lien; 
 (20) Liens to secure Refinancing Indebtedness of Indebtedness secured by Liens referred to in the foregoing clauses (12), (14), (17), (18) and (19); provided that in the case of Liens securing
Refinancing Indebtedness of Indebtedness secured by Liens referred to in the foregoing clauses (14), (17), (18) and (19), such Liens do not extend to any additional assets (other than improvements thereon and replacements thereof); 

(21) licenses of Intellectual Property granted by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of
business and not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (22) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of
business in accordance with the past practices of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (23) Liens on
assets of any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary to secure Indebtedness of such Foreign Restricted Subsidiary which Indebtedness is permitted by this Indenture; 
 (24) Liens of franchisors arising in the ordinary course of business not securing Indebtedness; 
 (25) Liens in favor of the Trustee as provided for in this Indenture on money or property held or collected by the Trustee in its capacity as Trustee; and 

(26) other Liens with respect to obligations that do not in the aggregate exceed the greater of (a) $15.0 million or
(b) 3.0% of the Issuer’s Consolidated Tangible Assets at any time outstanding. 
 “Person” means any
individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or other agency or political subdivision thereof or
other entity of any kind. 
 “Plan of Liquidation” with respect to any Person, means a plan that provides for,
contemplates or the effectuation of which is preceded or accompanied by (whether or not substantially contemporaneously, in phases or otherwise): (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of
such Person otherwise than as an entirety or substantially as an entirety; 

  
 20 

 
and (2) the distribution of all or substantially all of the proceeds of such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the remaining assets of such Person
to holders of Equity Interests of such Person. 
 “Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and
all preferred or preference stock or other equity interests (however designated) of such Person whether now outstanding or issued after the Issue Date. 
 “principal” means, with respect to the Notes, the principal of, and premium, if any, on the Notes. 
 “Prior Issue Date” means February 15, 2011. 

“Private Placement Legend” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.17. 

“Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness, including Capitalized Lease Obligations, of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the cost of installation, construction or
improvement thereof; provided, however, that (except in the case of Capitalized Lease Obligations) (1) the amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed such purchase price or cost and (2) such Indebtedness shall be incurred within
90 days after such acquisition of such asset by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or such installation, construction or improvement. 
 “Qualified Equity Interests” of any Person means Equity Interests of such Person other than Disqualified Equity Interests; provided that such Equity Interests shall not be deemed
Qualified Equity Interests to the extent sold or owed to a Subsidiary of such Person or financed, directly or indirectly, using funds (1) borrowed from such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person until and to the extent such borrowing is
repaid or (2) contributed, extended, guaranteed or advanced by such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person (including, without limitation, in respect of any employee stock ownership or benefit plan). Unless otherwise specified, Qualified
Equity Interests refer to Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer. 
 “Qualified Equity Offering” means the
issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer to Persons other than (x) any Permitted Holder or (y) any other Person who is, prior to such issuance and sale, an Affiliate of the Issuer; provided, however, that cash
proceeds therefrom equal to not less than the Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed are received by the Issuer as a capital contribution immediately prior to such redemption. 

“Qualified Institutional Buyer” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 “Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P. 

“Real Property” means, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold estate) in and to any and
all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased or operated by any Person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and
appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof. 

  
 21 

 “Record Date” for interest payable on any Interest Payment Date (except a
date for payment of default interest) means the April 1 and October 1 (whether or not a Business Day) as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date. 

“Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to
this Indenture. 
 “Redemption Price” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed means the price fixed
for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “Redesignation” has the meaning given to such term in
Section 4.19(d). 
 “refinance” means to refinance, repay, prepay, replace, renew or refund. 

 
 “Refinancing Indebtedness” means
Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred in exchange for, or the proceeds of which are used to redeem, refinance, replace, defease, discharge, refund or otherwise retire for value, in whole or in part, any Indebtedness of the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (the “Refinanced Indebtedness”); provided that: 

(1) the principal amount (and accreted value, in the case of Indebtedness issued at a discount) of the Refinancing
Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (and accreted value, as the case may be) of the Refinanced Indebtedness plus the amount of accrued and unpaid interest on the Refinanced Indebtedness, any reasonable premium paid to the holders of
the Refinanced Indebtedness and reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the incurrence of the Refinancing Indebtedness; 
 (2) the obligor of Refinancing Indebtedness does not include any Person (other than the Issuer or any Guarantor) that is not an obligor of the Refinanced Indebtedness; 

(3) if the Refinanced Indebtedness was subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case
may be, then such Refinancing Indebtedness, by its terms, is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be, at least to the same extent as the Refinanced Indebtedness; 

(4) the Refinancing Indebtedness has a final stated maturity either (a) no earlier than the Refinanced Indebtedness
being repaid or amended or (b) after the Maturity Date; 
 (5) the portion, if any, of the Refinancing
Indebtedness that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the Maturity Date has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the
portion of the Refinanced Indebtedness being repaid that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the Maturity Date; and 
 (6) the proceeds of the Refinancing Indebtedness shall be used substantially concurrently with the incurrence thereof to redeem, refinance, replace, defease, discharge, refund or otherwise retire for
value the Refinanced Indebtedness, unless the Refinanced Indebtedness is not then due and is not redeemable or prepayable at the option of the obligor thereof or is redeemable or prepayable only with notice, in which case such proceeds shall be held
in a segregated account of the obligor of the Refinanced Indebtedness until the Refinanced Indebtedness becomes due or redeemable or prepayable or such notice period lapses and then shall be used to refinance the Refinanced Indebtedness; provided
that in any event the Refinanced Indebtedness shall be redeemed, refinanced, replaced, defeased, discharged, refunded or otherwise retired for value within one year of the incurrence of the Refinancing Indebtedness. 

  
 22 

 “Registrar” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.03.

 “Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date
among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the initial purchasers of the Notes issued on the Issue Date and (ii) any other registration rights agreement entered into in connection with an issuance of Additional Notes in a private offering after the
Issue Date. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S Global Note” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.01. 

“Reporting Failure” means the failure of the Issuer to file with the SEC and make available or otherwise deliver to the
Trustee and each Holder of Notes, within the time periods specified in Section 4.02 hereof (after giving effect to any grace period specified under Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act), the periodic reports, information, documents or other
reports that the Issuer may be required to file with the SEC pursuant to such provision. 
 “Resale Restriction
Termination Date” has the meaning given to such term in the Private Placement Legend set forth in Section 2.17. 

“Restricted Payment” means any of the following: 

(1) the declaration or payment of any dividend or any other distribution on Equity Interests of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary or any payment made to the direct or indirect holders (in their capacities as such) of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving the Issuer but excluding (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in Qualified Equity Interests or through accretion or accumulation of such dividends on such Equity Interests and (b) in the case of Restricted
Subsidiaries, dividends or distributions payable to the Issuer or to a Restricted Subsidiary and pro rata dividends or distributions payable to minority stockholders of any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer) but excluding any such Equity Interests held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(3) any Investment other than a Permitted Investment; or 

(4) any principal payment on, purchase, redemption, defeasance, prepayment, decrease or other acquisition or retirement
for value prior to any scheduled maturity or prior to any scheduled repayment of principal or sinking fund payment, as the case may be, in respect of Subordinated Indebtedness (other than any Subordinated Indebtedness owed to and held by the Issuer
or any Restricted Subsidiary). 
 “Restricted Payments Basket” has the meaning given to such term in
Section 4.11(a)(3). 
 “Restricted Security” has the meaning set forth in Rule 144(a)(3) promulgated under
the Securities Act; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely upon an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note is a Restricted Security. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

  
 23 

 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 “Rule 144A Global Note” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.01. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its
successors. 
 “Secretary’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Secretary of the Issuer.

 “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means (1) any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as
defined in Regulation S-X promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that, when aggregated with all other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not otherwise
Significant Subsidiaries and as to which any event described in clause (7) of Section 6.01 has occurred and is continuing, or which are being released from their Note Guarantees (in the case of clause (9) of the provisions described
in Section 8.02), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary under clause (1) of this definition. 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is expressly subordinated
in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, respectively. 
 “Subsidiary” means,
with respect to any Person: 
 (1) any corporation, limited liability company, association or other business
entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of the Equity Interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Board of Directors thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or
indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person (or a combination thereof); and 
 (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person
or of one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). 
 Unless otherwise specified,
“Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Issuer. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Guarantor that
is a Subsidiary. 
 “Successor” has the meaning given to such term in Section 5.01(a)(1). 

“Suspended Covenants” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.22. 

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States
Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such
Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to October 15, 2017; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption
Date to October 15, 2017 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of
a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date to October 15, 2017 is 

  
 24 

 
less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. The Issuer will (1) calculate the
Treasury Rate on the third business day preceding the applicable Redemption Date and (2) prior to such Redemption Date file with the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Applicable Premium and the Treasury Rate and showing
the calculation of each in reasonable detail. 
 “Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. Individual sections of the Trust Indenture Act are sometimes referred to herein as “TIA Section.” 
 “Trust Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer of the Trustee located at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee who has direct responsibility for the
administration of this Indenture and, for the purposes of Sections 7.01(c)(2) and 7.05, also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer, trust officer or Person performing similar functions to whom such matter is
referred because of his or her knowledge of, and familiarity with, the particular subject. 
 “Trustee” means
the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means such successor. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (1) any Subsidiary that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in
accordance with Section 4.19 and (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “U.S. Government
Obligations” means direct non-callable obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged. 

“U.S. Guarantor” has the meaning given to such term in Section 10.03(a)(1). 

“Voting Stock” with respect to any Person, means securities of any class of Equity Interests of such Person entitling
the holders thereof (whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock or other relevant equity interest has voting power by reason of any contingency) to vote in the election of members of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, means the number of years
obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in
respect thereof by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 

Section 1.02 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the portion of such provision required to be incorporated herein in order for this Indenture to be qualified under the TIA is incorporated by
reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“indenture securities” means the Notes. 
 “indenture securityholder” means a Holder. 
 “indenture
to be qualified” means this Indenture. 

  
 25 

 “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

 “obligor on the indenture securities” means the Issuer, the Guarantors or any other obligor on the Notes.

 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or
defined by Commission rule have the meanings therein assigned to them. 
 Section 1.03 Rules of Construction. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined expressly or by reference; 
 (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
 (c) “or” is not exclusive; 
 (d) words in the singular include the
plural, and in the plural include the singular; 
 (e) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to every gender;

 (f) “$”, “U.S. Dollars” and “Dollars” each refers to United States dollars, or such other money
of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; and 
 (g)
whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of
Liquidated Damages to the extent that, in such context, Liquidated Damages are, were or would be payable in respect thereof. 
  

ARTICLE 2 
 THE
NOTES 
  
 Section 2.01 Form and Dating. 

The Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The
Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or Depository rule or
usage. The form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them shall be satisfactory to both the Issuer and the Trustee. Each Note shall be dated the date of its issuance and shall show the date of its authentication. 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes, annexed hereto as Exhibits A and B, shall constitute, and are hereby
expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. 

  
 26 

 The Notes shall be issued initially in the form of two or more permanent global Notes (the
“Global Notes”). Notes offered and sold (i) in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent Global Notes in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the
“Rule 144A Global Note”) and (ii) in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in
Exhibit A (the “Regulation S Global Note”), and in each case shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Notes
transferred to Institutional Accredited Investors may be represented by a permanent Global Note in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, and if so represented shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for
the Depository, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of any Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the
Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, as hereinafter provided. 
 Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 

The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer. Such signature may be either manual or facsimile.

 If the Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the
Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee signs the
certificate of authentication on the Note. Such signature shall be manual. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 

The Trustee or an authentication agent (the “Authenticating Agent”) shall authenticate (i) Initial Notes for
original issue on the date of this Indenture in an aggregate principal amount equal to $300,000,000, (ii) additional Notes (“Additional Notes”) for original issue following the date of this Indenture in unlimited aggregate
principal amount (so long as permitted by the terms of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof) upon a written order of the Issuer executed by an Officer, and (iii) Exchange Notes from time to time for issue only
in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes or Additional Notes, as the case may be, in each case upon an Issuer Order. Such Issuer Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the Notes are to be
authenticated and the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding on the date of authentication, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes, and shall further specify the amount of such Notes to be issued as a
Global Note or Certificated Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such amount except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Notes may vote or consent) as one class and no series of Notes
will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. 
 The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent to
authenticate Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer. An Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference
in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same right as an Agent to deal with the Issuer and Affiliates of the Issuer. 

The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form, without coupons, and only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples
of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

  
 27 

 Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. 

The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency in The City of New York where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for
exchange (“Registrar”), where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”) and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Registrar shall
keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Registrar shall provide the Issuer a current copy of such register from time to time upon request of the Issuer. The Issuer may have one or more co-Registrars and one or more
additional Paying Agents. Neither the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer may act as Paying Agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to any Holder. 

The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement
the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or agent for service of notices and demands, or
fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee, at its offices indicated in Section 4.07 hereof, as Registrar, Paying Agent and agent for service of notices and demands in connection
with the Notes. 
 Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Assets in Trust. 

The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that each Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the
benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all assets held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on Notes (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes), and
shall notify the Trustee in writing of any Default in making any such payment. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and account for any assets disbursed, and the Trustee may at any time
during the continuance of any payment default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to forthwith distribute to the Trustee all assets so held in trust by such Paying Agent together with a complete accounting of such
sums. Upon distribution to the Trustee of all assets that shall have been delivered by the Issuer to the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for such assets. 
 Section 2.05 Noteholder Lists. 
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a
form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee on or before each
April 1 and October 1 in each year, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders which list may be
conclusively relied on by the Trustee. 
 Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 

Subject to the provisions of Sections 2.15 and 2.16 hereof, when Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request to
register the transfer of such Notes or to exchange such Notes for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations of the same series, the Registrar or co-Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if
its requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Notes presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory
to the Issuer and the Registrar or co-Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfer and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at
the Registrar’s or co-Registrar’s request. No service 

  
 28 

 
charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge in connection
therewith payable by the transferor of such Notes (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges or transfers pursuant to Section 2.10, 3.06, 4.12, 4.15 or 8.05 hereof, in which event the Issuer shall
be responsible for the payment of such taxes). 
 Without the prior consent of the Issuer, the Registrar or co-Registrar shall
not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (i) during a period beginning at the opening of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing,
(ii) selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3 hereof, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (iii) between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 

Any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests
in such Global Notes may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Depository (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book-entry format. 

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes. 
 If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder presents evidence to the satisfaction of the Issuer and the Trustee that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the
Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note. An indemnity or a security bond may be required by the Issuer or the Trustee that is sufficient in the judgment of the Issuer and the Trustee to protect the Issuer, the
Trustee or any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. In every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Issuer and to the Trustee evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction,
loss or the theft of such Note and the ownership thereof. Each of the Issuer and the Trustee may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become due and payable, the
Issuer in its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof. The provisions of this Section 2.07 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to
replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes. 
 Every replacement Note is an additional
obligation of the Issuer. 
 Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes. 
 Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not
outstanding. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for
replacement), it ceases to be outstanding until the Issuer and the Trustee receive proof satisfactory to each of them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and
replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof. 
 If by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on a Redemption Date or other
maturity date, the Paying Agent holds U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay all of the principal and interest due on the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

  
 29 

 Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver, consent or notice, Notes owned by the Issuer or any of its Affiliates shall be
considered as though they are not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are
so owned shall be so considered. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee, in writing, when it or any of its Affiliates repurchases or otherwise acquires Notes, of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes so repurchased or otherwise acquired.

 Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 
 Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes upon receipt of an Issuer Request. The Issuer Request shall specify the amount of
temporary Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the temporary Notes are to be authenticated. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary
Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate upon receipt of an Issuer Order definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 Section 2.11 Cancellation. 
 The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the
Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee, or at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying
Agent, and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the Issuer, dispose of and deliver evidence of such disposal of all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation in accordance with their then
existing procedures therefor. Subject to Section 2.07 hereof, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. If the Issuer shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition
shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.11. In no event shall the Trustee be required
to destroy cancelled Notes. 
 Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest. 
 The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal (including post-petition interest in a proceeding under Bankruptcy Law) at the rate of interest then borne by the Notes. The Issuer shall, to the extent
lawful, pay interest on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) at the rate of interest then borne by the Notes. 
 If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders
on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuer for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. At least 15 days
before the subsequent special record date, the Issuer shall mail to each Holder, as of a recent date selected by the Issuer, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special record date, the payment date and the amount of
defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
interest which is paid prior to the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in Section 6.01(a) hereof shall be paid to Holders as of the Record Date for the Interest Payment Date for which interest has not been paid. 

  
 30 

 Section 2.13 Deposit of Moneys. 

No later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on each Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date, Offer
Payment Date and Maturity Date, the Issuer shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds U.S. legal tender sufficient to make payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment
Date, Offer Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Trustee to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date, Offer Payment Date or
Maturity Date, as the case may be. The principal, premium, if any, and interest on Global Notes shall be payable to the Depository or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole Holder of the Global Notes represented
thereby. The principal, premium, if any, and interest on Notes in certificated form shall be payable in the manner indicated in paragraph 2 of the Notes. 
 Section 2.14 CUSIP Number. 
 The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use
“CUSIP,” “ISIN” or similar other numbers, and if so, the Trustee shall use such CUSIP, ISIN or such other numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state
that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP, ISIN or such other numbers printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The
Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP, ISIN or such other number. 
 Section 2.15 Book-Entry Provisions for
Global Notes. 
 (a) The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of
such Depository, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depository and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.17 hereof. Members of, or participants in, the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall
have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or under the Global Note, and the Depository may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the
absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or
other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder. 

(b) Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Certificated Notes in accordance with the
rules and procedures of the Depository and the provisions of Section 2.16 hereof. In addition, Certificated Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in Global Notes if (i) the
Depository (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for any Global Note and the Issuer fails to appoint a successor Depository within 90 days of such notice or (y) has ceased to be a clearing company
registered under the Exchange Act and a successor Depository is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days after becoming aware of such cessation or (ii) the Issuer, at its option but subject to the procedures of the Depository, notifies the
Trustee in writing that the Issuer elects to cause the issuance of Certificated Notes. 
 (c) In connection with the transfer of
Global Notes as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b), the Global Notes shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order,
authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Notes, an equal aggregate principal amount of Certificated Notes of authorized denominations.

  
 31 

 (d) Any Certificated Note constituting a Restricted Security delivered in exchange for an
interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.16 hereof, bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (e) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder
is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
 Section 2.16 Registration of Transfers and Exchanges. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Notes. When Certificated Notes are presented to the Registrar or co-Registrar with a
request: 
 (i) to register the transfer of the Certificated Notes; or 

(ii) to exchange such Certificated Notes for an equal principal amount of Certificated Notes of other authorized
denominations, 
 the Registrar or co-Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if the requirements under this
Indenture as set forth in this Section 2.16 for such transactions are met; provided, however, that the Certificated Notes presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange: 

(I) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar or
co-Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and 
 (II) in the
case of Certificated Notes the offer and sale of which have not been registered under the Securities Act and are presented for transfer or exchange prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, such Certificated Notes shall be accompanied, in
the sole discretion of the Issuer, by the following additional information and documents, as applicable: 
 (A)
if such Certificated Note is being delivered to the Registrar or co-Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification to that effect (substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto); or

 (B) if such Certificated Note is being transferred to a Qualified Institutional Buyer in accordance with Rule
144A, a certification to that effect (substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto); or 
 (C) if such
Certificated Note is being transferred in reliance on Regulation S, delivery of a certification to that effect (substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto) and a transferor certificate for Regulation S transfers substantially in the form
of Exhibit E hereto and, at the option of the Issuer, an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act; or 

(D) if such Certificated Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor, delivery of a certification to
that effect (substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto), a certificate of the transferee in substantially the form of Exhibit D and, at the option of the Issuer, an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer to the
effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act; or 

  
 32 

 (E) if such Certificated Note is being transferred in reliance on Rule 144
under the Securities Act, delivery of a certification to that effect substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto); or 
 (F) if such Certificated Note is being transferred in reliance on another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, a certification to that effect (substantially in the form of
Exhibit C hereto) and, at the option of the Issuer, an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. 

(b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Certificated Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note. A Certificated Note may not be
exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Registrar or co-Registrar of a Certificated Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of
transfer, in form satisfactory to the Registrar or co-Registrar, together with: 
 (A) in the case of
Certificated Notes, the offer and sale of which have not been registered under the Securities Act and which are presented for transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, certification, substantially in the form of Exhibit C
hereto, that such Certificated Note is being transferred (I) to a Qualified Institutional Buyer or (II) in an offshore transaction in reliance on Regulation S (and, in the case of this clause II, the Issuer shall have received a transferor
certificate for Regulation S transfers substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto and, at the option of the Issuer, an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the
Securities Act); and 
 (B) written instructions from the Holder thereof directing the Registrar or co-Registrar
to make, or to direct the Depository to make, an endorsement on the applicable Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate amount of the Notes represented by the Global Note, 
 then the Registrar or co-Registrar shall cancel such Certificated Note and cause, or direct the Depository to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the
Depository and the Registrar or co-Registrar, the principal amount of Notes represented by the applicable Global Note to be increased accordingly. If no Global Note representing Notes held by Qualified Institutional Buyers or Persons acquiring Notes
in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S, as the case may be, is then outstanding, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate such a Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

 (c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein
shall be effected through the Depository in accordance with this Indenture (including the restrictions on transfer set forth herein) and the procedures of the Depository therefor. Upon receipt by the Registrar or co-Registrar of written
instructions, or such other instruction as is customary for the Depository, from the Depository or its nominee, respecting the transfer of an interest in one type of Global Note to another type of Global Note then the Registrar or co-Registrar will
cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depository and the Registrar or co-Registrar, the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced or increased, as appropriate, by the
amount of the interest to be transferred. If the applicable type of Global Note required to represent the interest to be transferred is not outstanding at the time of such request, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an
Issuer Order, authenticate a new Global Note of such type in principal amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be transferred. 

  
 33 

 (d) Transfer of a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note for a Certificated Note.
(i) Any Person having a beneficial interest in a Global Note may upon request exchange such beneficial interest for a Certificated Note. Upon receipt by the Registrar or co-Registrar of written instructions, or such other form of instructions
as is customary for the Depository, from the Depository or its nominee on behalf of any Person having a beneficial interest in a Global Note and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written order or such other form of instructions as is customary for
the Depository or the Person designated by the Depository as having such a beneficial interest containing registration instructions and, in the case of any such transfer or exchange of a beneficial interest in Notes the offer and sale of which have
not been registered under the Securities Act and which Notes are presented for transfer or exchange prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the following additional information and documents: 

(A) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Person designated by the Depository as being the beneficial
owner, a certification from such Person to that effect (substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto); or 
 (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Qualified Institutional Buyer in accordance with Rule l44A, a certification to that effect (substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto);
or 
 (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred in reliance on Regulation S, delivery of a
certification to that effect (substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto) and a transferor certificate for Regulation S transfers substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto and, at the option of the Issuer, an Opinion of Counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act; or 
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor, delivery of a certification to the effect (substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto), a
certificate of the transferee in substantially the form of Exhibit D and, at the option of the Issuer, an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act; or

 (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred in reliance on Rule 144 under the Securities Act,
delivery of a certification to that effect (substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto); or 
 (F) if
such beneficial interest is being transferred in reliance on another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, a certification to that effect (substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto) and, at the option of the
Issuer, an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, 

then the Registrar or co-Registrar will cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depository and the
Registrar or co-Registrar, the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced and, following such reduction, the Issuer will execute and, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the
transferee a Certificated Note in the appropriate principal amount and series. 
 (ii) Certificated Notes issued
in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.16(d) hereof shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depository, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect
participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Registrar or co-Registrar in writing. The Registrar or co-Registrar shall deliver such Certificated Notes to the Persons in whose names such Certificated Notes are so registered. 

  
 34 

 (e) Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Notwithstanding any other
provisions of this Indenture, a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or
any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository. 
 (f) Private Placement Legend.
Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar or co-Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes
bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar or co-Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless, and the Trustee is hereby authorized to deliver Notes without the Private Placement Legend if, (i) the
Resale Restriction Termination Date shall have occurred, (ii) there is delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on
transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) such Note has been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (iv) such Note is an Exchange Note.

 (g) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note
acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture. 

None of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, any agent of the Issuer, the Guarantors or the Trustee (including any Paying Agent or
Registrar) will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such
beneficial ownership interests. 
 The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to
compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or beneficial owners of interests in
any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine
substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters,
notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.15 hereof or this Section 2.16. The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any
reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar. 
 Section 2.17 Restrictive Legends. 

Each Global Note and Certificated Note that constitutes a Restricted Security shall bear the following legend (the “Private
Placement Legend”) on the face thereof until the Resale Restriction Termination Date, unless otherwise agreed to by the Issuer and the Holder thereof: 
 THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR
ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE 

  
 35 

 
ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON
BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS ONE YEAR (IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A SECURITIES)
OR 40 DAYS (IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S SECURITIES) AFTER THE LATER OF THE ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO
THE ISSUER OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN
THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED
INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO
ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE, OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE
DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION, AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER OR THE ISSUER ON OR AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. 

Each Global Note shall also bear the following legend: 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A
DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITORY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE,
AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE
LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. 

  
 36 

 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO.
OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF
FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION 
 Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes
pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes, at least five Business Days (unless a shorter period shall be agreeable to the Trustee) prior to the date of giving notice of the redemption, the Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption
Date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed, the Redemption Price, if determined at the time of delivery of such notice or otherwise the method for its computation, and whether the Issuer requests that the Trustee give notice of such
redemption, and the Issuer shall also deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained herein and in the Notes, as appropriate. 

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. 
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of the Notes to be redeemed shall be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of Global Notes, the Trustee will
select Notes for redemption based on the Depository’s method that most nearly approximates a pro rata selection), unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange requirements; provided, however, that no Notes of a principal
amount of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part; provided, further, that if a partial redemption is made with the proceeds of any Qualified Equity Offering, selection of the Notes or portions thereof for redemption shall be made by
the Trustee only on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to the procedures of the Depository), unless such method is otherwise prohibited. A new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion
thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon delivery of the original Note to the Paying Agent and cancellation of the original Note. On and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof
called for redemption as long as the Issuer has deposited with the Paying Agents funds in U.S. legal tender in satisfaction of the applicable Redemption Price and amount of accrued interest, if any, payable pursuant to this Indenture. 

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 
 Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption
notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such
Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. 
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be
redeemed (including the CUSIP, ISIN or other number(s) thereof) and shall state: 

  
 37 

 (1) the Redemption Date; 

(2) the Redemption Price (if then determinable and otherwise the method for its computation) and the amount of accrued
interest, if any, to be paid; 
 (3) that, if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal
amount (equal to $2,000 in principal amount or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Note to be redeemed and that, on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to
the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued; 
 (4) the name, address and telephone number of the Paying Agent;

 (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent at the address specified to
collect the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any; 
 (6) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making the
redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date and the only remaining right of the Holders is to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date upon
surrender of the Notes to the Paying Agent; 
 (7) the subparagraph of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes
called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
 (8) if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the
identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption. 

If any of the Notes to be redeemed is in the form of a Global Note, then the Issuer shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to
accord with the procedures of the Depository applicable to redemption. 
 At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give
the notice of optional redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided however, that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, as provided in Section 3.01, notice in writing requesting that the Trustee give such
notice and a form thereof. 
 Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once the notice of redemption described in Section 3.03 hereof is mailed, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the
Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price, including any premium, plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date, if any. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the Redemption Price, including any premium, plus accrued
interest to the Redemption Date, if any; provided that if the Redemption Date is after a Record Date and on or prior to the Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the
relevant Record Date. 
 Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption Price. 

(a) No later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on each Redemption Date, the Issuer shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in
immediately available funds U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. 

  
 38 

 (b) On and after any Redemption Date, if U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay the Redemption
Price of and accrued interest on Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with clause (a), the Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to
receive payment of the Redemption Price of and, subject to the proviso in Section 3.04, accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes to the Redemption Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid, interest will continue to accrue
and be paid, from the Redemption Date until such redemption payment is made, on the unpaid principal of the Note and any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case, at the rate and in the manner provided for in Section 2.12
hereof. 
 Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed in Part. 
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Trustee shall authenticate for a Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 

ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01
Payment of Notes. 
 The Issuer shall pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner
provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal or interest shall be considered paid on the date it is due if by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, the Trustee or Paying Agent holds, for the benefit of the Holders, on that date
U.S. legal tender designated for and sufficient to pay such installment in full. The Issuer will pay all Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement.

 The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and interest on overdue interest, to the extent lawful as provided for in
Section 2.12 hereof. 
 Section 4.02 Reports to Holders. 
 Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Holders of Notes, or file electronically with the Commission through the Commission’s
Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor system), within the time periods applicable to the Issuer under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act: 

(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission
on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuer were required to file these Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on
the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants; and 
 (2) all current
reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file these reports. 

In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, the Issuer will file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in
clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept the filing) and make the information available to
securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. The Issuer and the Guarantors hereby agree that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors,
upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 

  
 39 

 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Issuer will be deemed to have complied with
its obligations in the preceding two paragraphs of this Section 4.02 following the filing of a registration statement respecting Exchange Notes and prior to the effectiveness thereof if such registration statement includes the information
specified in clause (1) above at the times it would otherwise be required to file such Forms. 
 For purposes of this
Section 4.02, the Issuer will be deemed to have furnished the reports, documents and information to the Trustee and Holders, and to the extent herein provided, to prospective investors, as required by this covenant if it has filed such reports
with the Commission using the Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”) (or any successor system) or if such system is not available to the Issuer, if the Issuer has filed such reports, documents and
information on the Issuer website, and in each such case, such reports are publicly available thereon. 
 The Issuer shall also
comply with the provisions of Section 314(a) of the TIA. 
 Should the Issuer deliver to the Trustee any such information,
reports or certificates or any annual reports, information, documents and other reports pursuant to Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, delivery of such information, reports or certificates or any annual reports, information, documents
and other reports to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including
the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 
 Any and all Defaults or Events of Default arising from a failure to furnish or file in a timely manner a report or certification required by this Section 4.02 shall be deemed cured (and the Issuer
shall be deemed to be in compliance with this Section 4.02) upon furnishing or filing such report or certification as contemplated by this Section 4.02 (but without regard to the date on which such report or certification is so furnished
or filed); provided that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under Article 6 hereof if the principal, premium, if any, and interest have been accelerated in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such
acceleration has not been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. 
 Section 4.03 Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. 

The Issuer covenants (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead (as a defense or
otherwise) or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Issuer from paying all or any portion of the principal of, premium, if any,
and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) the Issuer hereby
expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no
such law had been enacted. 
 Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default. 

(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of its fiscal year an Officers’ Certificate (one of the
signers of which shall be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Issuer) stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and the Guarantors during such fiscal year has been made
under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Issuer and the Guarantors have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing
such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer and the Guarantors have kept, 

  
 40 

 
observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and are not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions hereof
(or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all or such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action each is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of
his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes are prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action
the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Officers’ Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should the Issuer elect to change the manner in which it fixes its fiscal year end. 

(b) The annual financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof shall be accompanied by a written report addressed to
the Trustee of the Issuer’s independent accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in conducting their audit of the financial statements included therein nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to
believe that a Default or Event of Default has occurred under this Indenture insofar as they relate to accounting matters or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such
accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation. 

(c) (i) If any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (ii) if any Holder seeks to exercise any remedy
hereunder with respect to a claimed default under this Indenture of the Notes, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, at its address set forth in Section 11.02 hereof, by registered or certified mail or facsimile transmission followed by hard
copy by overnight courier, registered or certified mail an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default, notice or other action, the status thereof and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take within five
Business Days of their becoming aware of such occurrence. 
 Section 4.05 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. 

The Issuer shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all material taxes,
assessments and governmental charges (including withholding taxes and any penalties, interest and additions to taxes) levied or imposed upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or properties of it or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) all lawful claims
for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of it or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged
any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings properly instituted and diligently conducted for which adequate reserves, to the extent required under
GAAP, have been taken. 
 Section 4.06 Corporate Existence. 
 Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer shall each do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate,
partnership or limited liability company or other existence of each Subsidiary, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of each Subsidiary and (ii) the material rights (charter
and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries except where the failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect any such rights, licenses and franchise shall not have a material adverse effect on the financial
condition, business, operations or prospects of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and provided that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, limited liability
company, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders. 

  
 41 

 Section 4.07 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency in The City of New York where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or
exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer hereby initially designates as such agency the corporate trust office of the Trustee,
located at 45 Broadway, 14th Floor, New York, New York 10006. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required
office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for
any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 The Issuer hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such additional office. 

Section 4.08 Compliance with Laws. 
 The Issuer shall comply, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of the United States of America, all states and
municipalities thereof, and of any governmental department, commission, board, regulatory authority, bureau, agency and instrumentality of the foregoing, in respect of the conduct of their respective businesses and the ownership of their respective
properties, except for such noncompliances as would not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 

Section 4.09 Maintenance of Properties and Insurance. 
 (a) The Issuer shall cause all material properties owned by or leased by it or any of its Subsidiaries used or useful to the conduct of the Issuer’s business or the business of any of its
Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in normal condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and shall cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in
its judgment may be necessary, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 4.09(a) shall prevent the Issuer or any of
its Subsidiaries from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties, or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or of the Board of Directors
of any Subsidiary of the Issuer concerned, or of an Officer (or other agent employed by the Issuer or of any of its Subsidiaries) of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries having managerial responsibility for any such property, desirable in the
conduct of the business of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer, and if such discontinuance or disposal is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders. 
 (b) The Issuer shall maintain, and shall cause its respective Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible carriers against such risks and in such amounts, and with such deductibles, retentions,
self-insured amounts and co-insurance provisions, as are customarily carried by corporations of a similar size operating assets of a similar nature in the same or similar localities, including property and casualty loss, workers’ compensation
and interruption of business insurance. 

  
 42 

 Section 4.10 Limitations on Additional Indebtedness. 

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness; provided
that the Issuer or any Guarantor may incur additional Indebtedness and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Acquired Indebtedness, in each case, if, after giving effect thereto, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio would be at least 2.00 to
1.00 (the “Coverage Ratio Exception”); provided, however, that Acquired Indebtedness shall not exceed an aggregate principal amount of $20.0 million at any time outstanding. 

(b) Notwithstanding the above, each of the following shall be permitted (the “Permitted Indebtedness”): 

(1) Indebtedness of the Issuer and any Guarantor under the Credit Facilities in an aggregate amount at any time
outstanding not to exceed (a) the greater of (i) $300.0 million and (ii) 20.0% of the Issuer’s Consolidated Tangible Assets, minus (b) to the extent a permanent repayment and/or commitment reduction is required thereunder as
a result of such application, the aggregate amount of Net Available Proceeds applied to repayments under the Credit Facilities in accordance with Section 4.12; 

(2) Indebtedness under (a) the Notes and the Note Guarantees issued on the Issue Date and (b) the Exchange Notes
and the Note Guarantees in respect thereof to be issued pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (3)
Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness referred to in clause (1), (2) or (5) and the Issuer’s 7.125% Senior Notes due 2016); 

(4) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations entered into for bona fide hedging purposes of the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary not for the purpose of speculation; provided that in the case of Hedging Obligations relating to interest rates, (a) such Hedging Obligations relate to payment obligations on Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred by
this Section 4.10, and (b) the notional principal amount of such Hedging Obligations at the time incurred does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Hedging Obligations relate; 

(5) Indebtedness of the Issuer owed to a Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary owed to the
Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or such Indebtedness being owed to any Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall be deemed to have incurred Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (5); 
 (6) Indebtedness in respect of (a) self-insurance obligations or completion, bid, performance, appeal or surety bonds issued for the account of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary
course of business, including guarantees or obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to letters of credit supporting such self-insurance, completion, bid, performance, appeal or surety obligations (in each case other than
for an obligation for money borrowed) or (b) obligations represented by letters of credit for the account of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in order to provide security for workers’ compensation claims;

  
 43 

 (7) Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary after the Issue Date, and Refinancing Indebtedness thereof, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of (a) $50.0 million or (b) 15.0% of the Issuer’s Consolidated Tangible Assets;

 (8) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or
similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of
incurrence; 
 (9) Indebtedness arising in connection with endorsement of instruments for deposit in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (10) Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the
Coverage Ratio Exception or clause (2) or (3) above or this clause (10) or clause (14) below; 
 (11) indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or similar obligations (including without limitation any Earn Out Obligations), in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the
acquisition or disposition of any business or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such
business, assets or Equity Interests for the purpose of financing or in contemplation of any such acquisition; provided that (a) any amount of such obligations included on the face of the balance sheet of the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary shall not be permitted under this clause (11) and (b) in the case of a disposition, the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such obligations outstanding under this clause (11) shall at no time exceed the gross
proceeds actually received by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; 

(12) Contingent Obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted under this
Section 4.10; 
 (13) Indebtedness of Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount outstanding at
any one time not to exceed 10% of such Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries’ Consolidated Tangible Assets; 

(14) Permitted Acquisition Indebtedness; and 

(15) additional Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
$40.0 million at any time outstanding. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10, in the event that
an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (15) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception, the Issuer shall,
in its sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness and may divide and classify such Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described, except that Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date
shall be deemed to have been incurred under clause (1) above, and may later reclassify any item of Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (15) above (provided that at the time of reclassification it meets the criteria in
such category or categories). In addition, for purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness under this Section 4.10, guarantees, Liens or letter of credit obligations supporting Indebtedness otherwise included in the
determination of such particular amount shall not be included so long as incurred by a Person that could have incurred such Indebtedness. 

  
 44 

 Section 4.11 Limitations on Restricted Payments. 

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment if at
the time of such Restricted Payment 
 (1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall occur as a
consequence thereof; 
 (2) the Issuer is not able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than
Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; or 
 (3) the amount of such Restricted
Payment, when added to the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made after the Prior Issue Date (other than Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (1)(b), (2), (3), (4), (5) or (9) of clause (b) of this
Section 4.11), exceeds the sum (the “Restricted Payments Basket”) of (without duplication): 
 (A) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (taken as one accounting period) commencing on January 1, 2011 to and including the last day of the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the
date of such calculation for which consolidated financial statements are available (or, if such Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus 

(B) 100% of (A) (i) the aggregate net cash proceeds and (ii) the Fair Market Value of (x) marketable
securities (other than marketable securities of the Issuer), (y) Equity Interests of a Person (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer) engaged in a Permitted Business and (z) other assets used in any Permitted Business, in the
case of clauses (i) and (ii), received by the Issuer since the Prior Issue Date as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer or from the issue or sale of convertible or
exchangeable Disqualified Equity Interests or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Qualified Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests or debt securities sold to a
Subsidiary of the Issuer), and (B) the aggregate net cash proceeds, if any, received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon any conversion or exchange described in clause (A) above, plus 

(C) 100% of (A) the aggregate amount by which Indebtedness (other than any Subordinated Indebtedness) of the Issuer
or any Restricted Subsidiary is reduced on the Issuer’s consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange after the Issue Prior Date of any such Indebtedness into or for Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer and (B) the
aggregate net cash proceeds, if any, received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon any conversion or exchange described in clause (A) above, plus 

(D) in the case of the disposition or repayment of or return on any Investment that was treated as a Restricted Payment
made after the Prior Issue Date, an amount (to the extent not included in the computation of Consolidated Net Income) equal to 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash or other property (valued at the
Fair Market Value thereof) as the return of capital with respect to such Investment less the cost of the disposition of such Investment and net of taxes, plus 

(E) upon a Redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value of the
Issuer’s proportionate interest in such Subsidiary immediately following such Redesignation. 

  
 45 

 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in clause (a) of this
Section 4.11 will not prohibit: 
 (1) the payment of (a) any dividend or redemption payment or the
making of any distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if, on the date of declaration, the dividend, redemption or distribution payment, as the case may be, would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture or
(b) any dividend or similar distribution by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 
 (2) the redemption or acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance and sale of, Qualified
Equity Interests; 
 (3) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for
value of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance and sale of, Qualified Equity Interests, (b) in exchange for, or out of the
proceeds of the substantially concurrent incurrence of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.10 and the other terms of this Indenture or (c) upon a Change of Control or in connection with an Asset Sale to the
extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Indebtedness but only if the Issuer shall have complied with Section 4.12 and Section 4.15 and purchased all Notes validly tendered pursuant to the relevant offer prior to
redeeming such Subordinated Indebtedness; 
 (4) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement
for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer held by officers, directors or employees or former officers, directors or employees (or their transferees, estates or beneficiaries under their estates), either (x) upon any such individual’s
death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of employment or service or (y) pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, stockholders’ agreement or similar agreement; provided, in any case, that
the aggregate cash consideration paid for all such redemptions, repurchases or other acquisitions or retirements shall not exceed (A) $5.0 million during any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried forward to the
next succeeding calendar year) plus (B) the amount of any net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer from the issuance and sale after the Prior Issue Date of Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer to its officers,
directors or employees that have not been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (4), plus (C) the net cash proceeds of any “key-man” life insurance policies that have not been applied to the
payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (4); 
 (5) (a) repurchases, redemptions or other
acquisitions or retirements for value of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants, rights to acquire Equity Interests or other convertible securities to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the
exercise or exchange price thereof and (b) any repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions or retirements for value of Equity Interests made in lieu of withholding taxes in connection with any exercise or exchange of stock options, warrants
or other similar rights; 
 (6) dividends on Preferred Stock or Disqualified Equity Interests issued in
compliance with Section 4.10 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense; 
 (7) the payment of cash in lieu of fractional Equity Interests; 

  
 46 

 (8) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to
applicable law in connection with a merger, consolidation or transfer of assets that complies with the provisions of Article 5; or 
 (9) payment of other Restricted Payments from time to time in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15.0 million in any fiscal year; 
 provided that (a) in the case of any Restricted Payment pursuant to clauses (3), (4) or (9) above, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or occur as a consequence thereof
and (b) no issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests used to make a payment pursuant to clauses (2), (3) or (4)(B) above shall increase the Restricted Payments Basket. 
 Section 4.12 Limitations on Asset Sales. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and
shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Asset Sale unless: 
 (1)
the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets included in such Asset Sale; and 

(2) (x) at least 75% of the total consideration in such Asset Sale consists of cash or Cash Equivalents or
(y) the fair market value of all forms of consideration other than cash and Cash Equivalents received for all Asset Sales since the Issue Date does not exceed in the aggregate 7.5% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Issuer at the time
each determination is made. 
 For purposes of clause (2), the following shall be deemed to be cash: 

(B) the amount (without duplication) of any Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary that is expressly assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to (i) a written novation agreement that releases the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability therefor or (ii) an assignment
agreement that includes, in lieu of such a release, the agreement of the transferee or its parent company to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from and against any loss, liability or cost in respect of such assumed
liability; 
 (C) the amount of any obligations received from such transferee that are within 30 days after such
Asset Sale converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash actually so received); and 
 (D) the Fair Market Value of (i) any assets (other than securities) received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to be used by it in a Permitted Business, (ii) Equity Interests in a
Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary or in a Person engaged in a Permitted Business that shall become a Restricted Subsidiary immediately upon the acquisition of such Person by the Issuer or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii).

 (b) If at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in
connection with any Asset Sale is repaid or converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then the date of such repayment, conversion or disposition shall be
deemed to constitute the date of an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Available Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this Section 4.12. 

  
 47 

 (c) Any Asset Sale pursuant to a condemnation, appropriation or other similar taking,
including by deed in lieu of condemnation, or pursuant to the foreclosure or other enforcement of a Permitted Lien or exercise by the related lienholder of rights with respect thereto, including by deed or assignment in lieu of foreclosure shall not
be required to satisfy the conditions set forth in subclauses (1) and (2) of clause (a) of this Section 4.12. 
 (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the 75% limitation referred to above shall be deemed satisfied with respect to any Asset Sale in which the cash or Cash Equivalents portion of the consideration received
therefrom, determined in accordance with the foregoing provision on an after-tax basis, is equal to or greater than what the after-tax proceeds would have been had such Asset Sale complied with the aforementioned 75% limitation. 

(e) If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary engages in an Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall, no later than
365 days following the consummation thereof, apply all or any of the Net Available Proceeds therefrom to: 
 (i)
satisfy all mandatory repayment obligations under the Credit Agreement arising by reason of such Asset Sale, and in the case of any such repayment under any revolving credit facility, effect a permanent reduction in the availability under such
revolving credit facility; 
 (ii) repay any Indebtedness which was secured by the assets sold in such Asset
Sale; 
 (iii) (A) make any capital expenditure or otherwise invest all or any part of the Net Available Proceeds
thereof in the purchase of assets (other than securities) to be used by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the Permitted Business, (B) acquire Qualified Equity Interests in a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary or in a Person engaged
in a Permitted Business that shall become a Restricted Subsidiary immediately upon the consummation of such acquisition or (C) a combination of (A) and (B); and/or 

(iv) make a Net Proceeds Offer (and purchase or redeem Pari Passu Indebtedness) in accordance with the procedures
described in clause (g) of this Section 4.12. 
 (f) The amount of Net Available Proceeds of an Asset Sale not applied
or invested as provided in the preceding clause (e) shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.” 
 (g) When the
aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds $15.0 million, the Issuer shall be required to make an offer to purchase from all Holders and, if applicable, purchase or redeem (or make an offer to do so) any Pari Passu Indebtedness of the
Issuer the provisions of which require the Issuer to purchase or redeem such Indebtedness with the proceeds from any Asset Sales (or offer to do so), in an aggregate principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness equal to the amount of
such Excess Proceeds as follows: 
 (1) the Issuer will (a) make an offer to purchase (a “Net
Proceeds Offer”) to all Holders in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture, and (b) purchase or redeem (or make an offer to do so) any such other Pari Passu Indebtedness, pro rata in proportion to the respective
principal amounts of the Notes and such other Indebtedness required to be purchased or redeemed, the maximum principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased or redeemed out of the amount (the “Payment
Amount”) of such Excess Proceeds; 

  
 48 

 (2) the offer price for the Notes will be payable in cash in an amount equal
to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes tendered pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date such Net Proceeds Offer is consummated (the “Offered
Price”), in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture, and the purchase or Redemption Price for such Pari Passu Indebtedness (the “Pari Passu Indebtedness Price”) shall be as set forth in the related
documentation governing such Indebtedness; 
 (3) if the aggregate Offered Price of Notes validly tendered and
not withdrawn by Holders thereof exceeds the pro rata portion of the Payment Amount allocable to the Notes, Notes to be purchased will be selected on a pro rata basis; and 

(4) upon completion of such Net Proceeds Offer in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the amount of Excess Proceeds
with respect to which such Net Proceeds Offer was made shall be deemed to be zero. 
 (h) To the extent that the sum of the
aggregate Offered Price of Notes tendered pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer and the aggregate Pari Passu Indebtedness Price paid to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness is less than the Payment Amount relating thereto (such shortfall
constituting a “Net Proceeds Deficiency”), the Issuer may use the Net Proceeds Deficiency, or a portion thereof, for any purposes not otherwise prohibited by the provisions of this Indenture. 

(i) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and
its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will be governed by the provisions of Section 4.15 and/or the provisions of Article 5 and not by the provisions of this Section 4.12. 

(j) Upon the commencement of a Net Proceeds Offer, the Issuer must send by first class mail, a notice to each Holder, with a copy to the
Trustee, which notice shall govern the terms of the such Offer. Such notice shall state: 
 (1) that such Offer
is being made pursuant to this Section 4.12; 
 (2) the Offered Price and the Offer Payment Date;

 (3) that any Note not tendered shall continue to accrue interest; 

(4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Offered Price, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to such
Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Offer Payment Date; 
 (5) that such Offer shall remain open for
at least 20 Business Days or for such longer period as is required by law and that Holders accepting the offer to have their Notes purchased pursuant to such Offer shall be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of the
Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Offer Payment Date; 

(6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their acceptance if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of
business on the third Business Day preceding the Offer Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is
withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased; 

  
 49 

 (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part shall be
issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; 
 (8) any other
procedures that a Holder must follow to accept such Offer or effect withdrawal of such acceptance; and 
 (9) the
name and address of the Paying Agent. 
 (k) The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of a Net Proceeds Offer on or as
soon as practicable after the related Offer Payment Date. 
 (l) On the Offer Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent
lawful, (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer or such lesser amount thereof as the Issuer is required to purchase pursuant to this Section 4.12, (2) deposit with the
Paying Agent an amount equal to the Offered Price in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered and accepted for payment, and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an
Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer. 

(m) After the Issuer’s satisfaction of its obligations under the preceding clause (l), the Paying Agent shall as promptly as
practicable mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Offered Price for such Notes, and the Trustee shall as promptly as practicable authenticate and mail to each Holder a new Note in principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the
Notes surrendered, if any; provided, however, that each such new Note shall be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

(n) The Issuer shall comply with applicable tender offer rules, including the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the purchase of Notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.12, the Issuer shall comply
with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.12 by virtue of this compliance. 
 Section 4.13 Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates. 
 (a) The Issuer
shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets to, or purchase any assets from, or enter
into any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless: 

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary
than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis by the Issuer or that Restricted Subsidiary from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Issuer or that Restricted Subsidiary; and

 (2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate value in
excess of $5.0 million, an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above and a Secretary’s Certificate which sets forth and authenticates a resolution that has been adopted by the
Independent Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction and determining that the above requirements are met. 

  
 50 

 (b) The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to: 

(1) transactions exclusively between or among (a) the Issuer and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or
(b) Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) reasonable director, officer and employee compensation (including
bonuses) and other benefits (including pursuant to any employment agreement or any retirement, health, stock option or other benefit plan) and indemnification arrangements, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Issuer’s Board of
Directors or senior management; 
 (3) the entering into of a tax sharing agreement, or payments pursuant
thereto, between the Issuer and/or one or more Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any other Person with which the Issuer or such Subsidiaries are required or permitted to file a consolidated tax return or with which the Issuer or such Subsidiaries
are part of a consolidated group for tax purposes to be used by such Person to pay taxes, and which payments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not in excess of the tax liabilities that would have been payable by them on a stand-alone
basis; 
 (4) scheduled payments of Earn Out Obligations of $5.0 million in any fiscal year of the Issuer;

 (5) any Permitted Investments; 

(6) any Restricted Payments which are made in accordance with Section 4.11; 

(7) (x) any agreement in effect on the Issue Date, as in effect on the Issue Date or as thereafter amended or replaced in
any manner that, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Holders or the Issuer in any material respect than such agreement as it was in effect on the Issue Date or (y) any transaction pursuant to any agreement referred to in the
immediately preceding clause (x); 
 (8) any transaction with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of
the Issuer) which would constitute an Affiliate of the Issuer solely because the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Person; 

(9) (a) any transaction with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is
Qualified Equity Interests or (b) the issuance or sale of any Qualified Equity Interests; and 
 (10)
transactions between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and such director is the sole cause for such Person to be deemed
an Affiliate of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Issuer or such direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, as the case may be, on any matter
involving such other Person. 
 Section 4.14 Limitation on Liens. 

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit or suffer
to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) of any nature whatsoever against any assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired,
which Lien secures Indebtedness, unless contemporaneously therewith: 

  
 51 

 (1) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that ranks pari
passu with the Notes or a Note Guarantee, effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such Note Guarantee, as the case may be, at least equally and ratably with or prior to such obligation with a Lien on the same collateral; and

 (2) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a
Note Guarantee, effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such Note Guarantee, as the case may be, with a Lien on the same collateral that is prior to the Lien securing such subordinated obligation, 

in each case, for so long as such obligation is secured by such Lien. 
 Section 4.15 Change of Control. 
 (a) Upon the occurrence of any Change of
Control, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes as described in paragraph 5 of the Notes, each Holder will have the right to require that the Issuer purchase all or any portion (equal to
$2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes for a cash price (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”) equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase. 
 (b) Within 30 days following the date on
which the Change of Control occurs, the Issuer must send by first class mail, a notice to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer. Such notice shall state: 

(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes tendered shall be
accepted for payment; 
 (2) the Change of Control Purchase Price and the purchase date (which shall be a
Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”)); 
 (3) that any Note not tendered shall continue to accrue interest; 

(4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price, any Notes accepted for
payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (5) that such Change of Control Offer shall remain open for at least 20 Business Days or for such longer period as is required by law and that Holders accepting the offer to have their Notes purchased
pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of the Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the
notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their acceptance if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of
business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such
Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased; 

  
 52 

 (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part shall be
issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; 
 (8) any other
procedures that a Holder must follow to accept a Change of Control Offer or effect withdrawal of such acceptance; and 
 (9) the name and address of the Paying Agent. 
 (c) The Issuer shall publicly
announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 

(d) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of
Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Purchase Price in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered and accepted for payment,
and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer. 

(e) The Paying Agent shall as promptly as practicable mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Purchase Price
for such Notes, and the Trustee shall as promptly as practicable authenticate and mail to each Holder a new Note in principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided, however, that each such new Note
shall be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 (f) The Issuer shall
comply with applicable tender offer rules, including the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other laws and regulations to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with a Change of Control Offer. To the
extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.15, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under the provisions of this Section 4.15 by virtue thereof. 
 (g) The provisions of this Section 4.15
that require the Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control shall be applicable regardless of whether any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable to the transaction giving rise to the Change of Control.

 (h) The Issuer’s obligation to make a Change of Control Offer shall be satisfied if a third party makes the Change of
Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under such
Change of Control Offer. 
 (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, a Change of Control Offer may be
made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. 

(j) In the event that Holders of at least 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes accept a Change of Control Offer
and the Issuer (or any third party making such Change of Control Offer, in lieu of the Issuer, as described in clause (h) above) purchases all of the Notes held by such Holders, the Issuer will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more
than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following the payment date specified in the Change of Control Offer, 

  
 53 

 
to redeem all, but not less than all, of the Notes that remain outstanding at a Redemption Price equal to the Change of Control Purchase Price plus, to the extent not included in the Change of
Control Purchase Price, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes that remain outstanding, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

 Section 4.16 Limitations on Dividend and Other Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective
any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (a) pay dividends or make
any other distributions on or in respect of its Equity Interests; 
 (b) make loans or advances, or pay any Indebtedness or other
obligation owed, to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (c) transfer any of its assets to the Issuer or any
other Restricted Subsidiary; 
 except for: 

(1) encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of applicable law, regulation or order; 

(2) encumbrances or restrictions existing under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 

(3) non-assignment provisions of any contract or any lease entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(4) encumbrances or restrictions existing under agreements existing on this date of this Indenture (including, without
limitation, the Credit Facilities) as in effect on that date; 
 (5) restrictions relating to any Lien permitted
under this Indenture imposed by the holder of such Lien; 
 (6) restrictions imposed under any agreement to sell
Equity Interests or assets, as permitted under this Indenture, to any Person pending the closing of such sale; 

(7) any instrument governing Acquired Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired; 

(8) any other agreement governing Indebtedness entered into after the Issue Date that contains encumbrances and
restrictions that are not materially more restrictive with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary than those in effect on the Issue Date with respect to that Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to agreements in effect on the Issue Date; 

(9) customary provisions in partnership agreements, limited liability company organizational governance documents, joint
venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that restrict the transfer of ownership interests in such partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or similar Person; 

  
 54 

 (10) Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred in compliance with
Section 4.10 that imposes restrictions of the nature described in clause (c) above on the assets acquired; 
 (11) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers, suppliers or landlords under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(12) Indebtedness incurred or Equity Interests issued by any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that the restrictions
contained in the agreements or instruments governing such Indebtedness or Equity Interests (a) either (i) apply only in the event of a payment default or a default with respect to a financial covenant in such agreement or instrument or
(ii) will not materially affect the Issuer’s ability to pay all principal, interest and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes, as determined in good faith by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the
Issuer, whose determination shall be conclusive; and (b) are not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined by the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer, whose
determination shall be conclusive); 
 (13) encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to Hedging Obligations
permitted from time to time under this Indenture; 
 (14) encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to secured
Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof and not in violation of Section 4.14 hereof, that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of assets securing such Indebtedness; and 

(15) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or
obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (14) above; provided that such amendments or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer’s Board of Directors, no more materially restrictive with respect to such
encumbrances and restrictions than those prior to such amendment or refinancing. 
 Section 4.17 [RESERVED]. 

 
 Section 4.18 Conduct of Business. 

The Issuer shall engage, and shall cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to engage, only in businesses that, when considered together as a
single enterprise, are primarily the Permitted Business. 
 Section 4.19 Limitations on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 (a) The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary (including any newly formed or newly acquired Subsidiary) of the Issuer as an
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” under this Indenture (a “Designation”) only if: 
 (1) no
Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such Designation; and 

(2) the Issuer would be permitted to make, at the time of such Designation, (a) a Permitted Investment or (b) an
Investment pursuant to clause (a) of Section 4.11 in either case, in an amount (the “Designation Amount”) equal to the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s proportionate interest in such Subsidiary on such date.

  
 55 

 (b) No Subsidiary shall be Designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” unless such
Subsidiary: 
 (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 

(2) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
unless the terms of the agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates; 

(3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any direct or indirect
obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve the Person’s financial condition or to cause the Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and 

(4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary, except for any guarantee given solely to support the pledge by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Equity Interests of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, which guarantee is not recourse to the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary. 
 (c) If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary fails to meet the preceding requirements as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary and any Liens on assets of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted
Subsidiary at such time and, if the Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred under Section 4.10 or the Lien is not permitted under Section 4.14, the Issuer shall be in default of the applicable Section. 

(d) The Issuer may redesignate an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Redesignation”) only if:

 (1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of and after giving effect to such
Redesignation; and 
 (2) all Liens, Indebtedness and Investments of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding
immediately following such Redesignation would, if incurred or made at such time, have been permitted to be incurred or made for all purposes of this Indenture. 
 (e) All Designations and Redesignations must be evidenced by resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, delivered to the Trustee certifying compliance with the foregoing provisions. 

Section 4.20 Additional Note Guarantees. 
 (a) If, after the Issue Date, (a) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall acquire or create another Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, or (b) any Unrestricted Subsidiary is Redesignated a
Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, and (in each such case) such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary guarantees any Indebtedness under any Credit Facility, then the Issuer shall cause such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary to: 

  
 56 

 (1) execute and deliver to the Trustee (a) a supplemental indenture in
form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant to which such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture and (b) a notation of guarantee in
respect of its Note Guarantee; and 
 (2) deliver to the Trustee the Opinion of Counsel required by
Section 10.07 hereof; 
 provided, however, that a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that owns net assets that have an aggregate fair
market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer) of less than 5% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Issuer as of the end of the previous fiscal quarter, need not become a Guarantor. 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, as of the end of any fiscal quarter, the Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that are not required to
be Guarantors pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 4.20 collectively own net assets that have an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer) equal to or greater than 5% of the
Issuer’s Consolidated Tangible Assets, then the Issuer shall cause one or more of such non-Guarantor Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries promptly to become a Guarantor or Guarantors such that after giving effect thereto, the total net assets owned
by all such remaining non-Guarantor Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries will have an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer) of less than 5% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Issuer.
Any such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary so designated must become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture and deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee within 15 Business Days of the date on which it was designated. 

Section 4.21 Limitations on Layering Indebtedness. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement
governing such Indebtedness) subordinated to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or of such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made
expressly subordinate to the Notes or the Note Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, to the same extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to such other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be. 
 (b) For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness shall be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any
other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a Permitted Lien or by virtue of the fact that the holders of such Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements or other
arrangements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them. 
 Section 4.22 Covenant
Suspension. 
 During any period of time that the Notes have a Moody’s rating of Baa3 or higher or an S&P rating of
BBB- or higher (each, an “Investment Grade Rating”) and no Default has occurred and is then continuing, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following sections of this Indenture: 

 

	•	 	 Section 4.10; 

  

	•	 	 Section 4.11; 

  

	•	 	 Section 4.12; 

  
 57 

	•	 	 Section 4.13; 

  

	•	 	 Section 4.15; 

  

	•	 	 Section 4.16; 

  

	•	 	 Section 4.18; 

  

	•	 	 Section 4.20; 

  

	•	 	 Section 4.21; and 

  

	•	 	 subclause (3) of Section 5.01(a) 

 (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). In the event that the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of
the preceding sentence and, subsequently, one or both of the Rating Agencies, as applicable, withdraws its ratings or downgrades the ratings assigned to the Notes such that the Notes do not have an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and the
Restricted Subsidiaries shall thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants, it being understood that no actions taken by (or omissions of) the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the suspension period shall constitute a
Default or an Event of Default under the Suspended Covenants. Furthermore, after the time of reinstatement of the Suspended Covenants upon such withdrawal or downgrade, calculations with respect to Restricted Payments shall be made in accordance
with the terms of Section 4.11 as though Section 4.11 had been in effect during the entire period of time from the Issue Date. 
 ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSOR CORPORATION 

Section 5.01 Limitations on Mergers, Consolidations, Etc. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into another Person, or sell, lease, transfer, convey or
otherwise dispose of or assign all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) unless: 
 (1) either: 
 (a) the Issuer shall be the surviving or continuing
Person; or 
 (b) the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger or to
which such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition or assignment shall be made (collectively, the “Successor”) is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership organized and existing under the laws
of any State of the United States of America or the District of Columbia, and the Successor expressly assumes, by agreements all of the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, this Indenture and any Registration Rights Agreement then in force;

 (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption of the obligations as set forth in
clause 5.01(a)(1)(b) above and the incurrence of any Indebtedness to be incurred in connection therewith, and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 

  
 58 

 (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption
of the obligations as set forth in clause 5.01(a)(1)(b) above and the incurrence of any Indebtedness to be incurred in connection therewith, and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, the Issuer or the Successor, as the case may
be, either (a) could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (b) would have a Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio that is not less than the Consolidated
Interest Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately before such transaction; and 

(4) at the time of the transaction the Issuer or the Successor, as the case may be, will have delivered, or caused to be
delivered, to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger, transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, lease or other transaction and the agreements in respect thereof comply
with the Indenture. 
 (b) For purposes of this Section 5.01, any Indebtedness of the Successor which was not Indebtedness
of the Issuer immediately prior to the transaction shall be deemed to have been incurred in connection with such transaction. 

(c) Except as provided in Section 10.06, no Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is
the surviving Person) another Person, unless: 
 (1) either: 

(a) such Guarantor shall be the surviving or continuing Person; or 

(b) the Person (if other than such Guarantor) formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger is another Guarantor
or assumes, by agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of such Guarantor under the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor, this Indenture and any Registration Rights Agreement then in force; and

 (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 (d) For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series
of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, the Equity Interests of which constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer, will be deemed to be the
transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer. 
 Section 5.02 Successor Person Substituted.

 (a) Upon any consolidation, combination or merger of the Issuer or a Guarantor, or any transfer of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01, in which the Issuer or such Guarantor is not the continuing obligor under the Notes or its Note Guarantee, the surviving entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer or
such Guarantor is merged or the Person to which the sale, conveyance, lease, transfer, disposition or assignment is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer or such Guarantor under this

  
 59 

 
Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named therein as the Issuer or such Guarantor and, except in the case of a lease, the Issuer
or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes or in respect of its Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s other
obligations and covenants under the Notes, this Indenture and its Note Guarantee, if applicable. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the
foregoing, (i) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge with or into or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or substantially all of its assets to the Issuer or another Restricted
Subsidiary and (ii) this Article 5 will not apply to a merger of the Issuer with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Issuer in another jurisdiction. 

 
 ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 Section
6.01 Events of Default. 
 Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 

(a) the failure to pay interest on, or Liquidated Damages with respect to, any of the Notes when the same becomes due and payable and the
continuance of any such failure for 30 days; 
 (b) the failure to pay the principal on any of Notes, when such principal becomes
due and payable, at the Maturity Date, upon redemption, upon purchase, upon acceleration or otherwise; 
 (c) failure by the
Issuers to comply with Article 5 or in respect of its obligations to make a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 4.15; 
 (d) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor to comply with any other agreement or covenant in this Indenture and continuance of this failure for 60 days (or 90 days in the case of a Reporting Failure)
after written notice of the failure has been given to the Issuer by the Trustee or by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; 

(e) default under any mortgage, indenture or other instrument or agreement under which there may be issued or by which there may be
secured or evidenced Indebtedness for borrowed money by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness now exists or is incurred after the Issue Date, which default (A) is caused by a failure to pay at final maturity
principal on such Indebtedness within the applicable express grace period and any extensions thereof (a “payment default”), or (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express final maturity (which
acceleration is not rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured within 30 days of receipt by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of notice of any such acceleration), and, in each case, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other Indebtedness with respect to which an event described in clause (A) or (B) has occurred and is continuing, aggregates $20.0 million or more; 

(f) one or more judgments (to the extent not covered by insurance) for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $20.0
million shall be rendered against the Issuer, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 60 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed;

  
 60 

 (g) the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries pursuant to or within the meaning of
any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (A) commences a voluntary case, 

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 

(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, 

(E) generally is not able to pay its debts as they become due, or 

(F) takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing; 

(h) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(A) is for relief against the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case, 

(B) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries for all or substantially all of the property
of the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, or 
 (C) orders the liquidation of the Issuer, or any of
its Significant Subsidiaries; and 
 (i) any Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect
(other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and this Indenture) or is declared null and void and unenforceable or found to be invalid or any Guarantor denies its liability under its Note Guarantee (other than by reason of release
of a Guarantor from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Note Guarantee). 
 The term
“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any
Bankruptcy Law. 
 Section 6.02 Acceleration. 
 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to the Issuer) shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee, by
written notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may declare (an “acceleration declaration”) all amounts owing
under the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such declaration of acceleration, the aggregate principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes shall become due and payable (a) if there is no Indebtedness outstanding under any
Credit Facility at such time, immediately, and (b) if otherwise, upon the earlier of (x) the final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace period or extensions thereof) or an acceleration of any Indebtedness under any Credit
Facility prior to the express final stated maturity thereof and (y) five Business Days after the Representative under each Credit Facility receives the acceleration declaration, but in the case of this clause (b) only, if such Event of
Default is then continuing; provided, however, that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such
acceleration if: 

  
 61 

 (1) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;

 (2) all Events of Default, other than nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because
of the acceleration, have been cured or waived; 
 (3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful,
interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; 
 (4) the Issuer has paid all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances and those of its agents
and counsel; and 
 (5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in
Section 6.01(g) or (h) above, the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. 
 No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) occurs with respect to the Issuer and is
continuing, then all unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or
any Holder. 
 Section 6.03 Other Remedies. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on
the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture and may take any necessary action requested of it as Trustee to settle, compromise, adjust or otherwise conclude any proceedings to which it is a party.

 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the
proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is
exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults
and Events of Default. 
 Subject to Sections 2.09, 6.02, 6.07 and 8.02 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding have the right to waive past Defaults under this Indenture except a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Note as specified in
clauses (a) and (b) of Section 6.01 or in respect of a covenant or a provision which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of all Holders as provided for in Section 8.02. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders has consented to such waiver. In case of any such waiver, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under
the Notes, respectively. This paragraph of this Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of Section 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA and such Section 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by
the TIA. 

  
 62 

 Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising
therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 

Section 6.05 Control by Majority. 
 Subject to Section 2.09 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee by this Indenture. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee
determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder not taking part in such direction, and the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action
so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Trust Officer, determine that the proceedings so directed may involve it in personal liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed
proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification reasonably satisfactory to it
against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction. This Section 6.05 shall be in lieu of Section 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA, and such Section 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from
this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA. 
 Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. 

(a) Subject to Section 6.07 below, no Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or any
remedy thereunder unless: 
 (1) such Holder has given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of
Default; 
 (2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes have made a
written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (3) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee indemnity
satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee does not comply with such
request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and 
 (5) during such 60-day
period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request. 
 (b) However, such limitations do not apply to the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, such Note or to bring suit
for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after the due date expressed in the Notes, which right will not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder. 
 (c) Upon any Officer of the Issuer becoming aware of any Default, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with
respect thereto. 

  
 63 

 Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or Liquidated Damages,
if any, or accrued interest of any Note held by such Holder on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, is absolute and unconditional and
shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder. 
 Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust
against the Issuer for the whole amount of unpaid principal, premium and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue principal and interest on overdue installments of
interest, in each case at the rate set forth in Section 4.01 hereof, and such further amounts as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
 Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of
the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the
Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same after deduction of its charges and expenses to the
extent that any such charges and expenses are not paid out of the estate in any such proceedings and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the
Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other
amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. 
 Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the
claim of any Holder in any such proceedings. 
 Section 6.10 Priorities. 

Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article and any other money or property distributable in respect of the Issuer’s
obligations under this Indenture after an Event of Default shall be applied in the following order: 
 FIRST: to
the Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee) for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

 SECOND: if the Holders are forced to proceed against the Issuer or any Guarantor directly without the Trustee,
to Holders for their collection costs; 

  
 64 

 THIRD: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal,
premium, if any, and interest as to each, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes; and 
 FOURTH: to the Issuer or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amounts from any Guarantor, to such Guarantor. 
 The Trustee, upon prior written notice to the Issuer, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. 

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. 
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the
filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due
regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof or a suit by Holders of more than 10%
in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. 
 ARTICLE 7 

TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01 Duties
of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and
powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise thereof as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) The Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no covenants or
obligations shall be implied in this Indenture against the Trustee. 
 (2) In the absence of bad faith on its
part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However,
the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions which are specifically required to be delivered to the Trustee by any provision of this Indenture to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) This paragraph does
not limit the effect of paragraphs (b) or (d) of this Section 7.01. 
 (2) The Trustee shall not
be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts. 

  
 65 

 (3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or
omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
 (d) No
provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have
reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (e) Whether or not herein expressly provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 7.01.

 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money or assets received by it except as the Trustee may agree in
writing with the Issuer. Assets held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other assets except to the extent required by law. 
 (g) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction, order or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer. 

(h) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such
facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee makes such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and
shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 
 (i) The rights,
privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent,
custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 
 (j) The permissive right of the Trustee to take or refrain from taking
any actions enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty. 
 Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 

Subject to Section 7.01 hereof: 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter
stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting with respect to any matters contemplated by this
Indenture or the Notes it may consult with counsel and may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or both, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 11.05 hereof. The Trustee shall be protected and shall not be
liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion. The Trustee may also consult with counsel on any matter relating to this Indenture or the Notes, and the Trustee shall not be liable for any
action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the advice of counsel. 

  
 66 

 (c) The Trustee may act through attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the
misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee) so long as the appointment of such agent was made with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by
this Indenture. 
 (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to
matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or
direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in
compliance with such request or direction. 
 (g) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officers’ Certificate
setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officers’
Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 

(h) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture
arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots;
interruptions; loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority and governmental action. 

(i) Anything in this Indenture notwithstanding, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential
loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to loss of profit), even if the Issuer has been advised as to the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. 
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for or otherwise deal with the Issuer, or any
Affiliates thereof, with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee, however, shall be subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
 The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds
from the sale of Notes or any money paid to the Issuer pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of
authentication. 

  
 67 

 Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 

The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has received
written notice of such Default or Event of Default at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 Within 90 days after the
occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder which is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to Holders of Notes, as their names and addresses appear in the Registrar, a notice of the Default or Event of Default known to
the Trustee, unless such Default or Event of Default shall have been cured or waived. Except in the case of a Default or an Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium or interest on, any Note, including an accelerated payment and the
failure to make payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or on the Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer and, except in the case of a failure to comply with Article 5 hereof, the
Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as its Board of Directors, the executive committee of its Board of Directors or a committee of its directors and/or Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest
of the Holders. This Section 7.05 shall be in lieu of the proviso to Section 315(b) of the TIA, and such proviso of Section 315(b) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

 Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders. 
 If required by TIA Section 313(a), within 60 days after May 15 of any year, commencing the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report
dated as of such May 15 that complies with TIA Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b), (c) and (d). 
 Reports pursuant to this Section 7.06 shall be transmitted by mail: 
 (a) to
all registered Holders, as the names and addresses of such Holders appear on the Registrar’s books; and 
 (b) to such
Holder as have, within the two years preceding such transmission, filed their names and addresses with the Trustee for that purpose. 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the Commission and each stock exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee
when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or of any delisting thereof. 
 Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 

The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed in writing between the Issuer and the Trustee
for the Trustee’s services. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable fees and expenses, including
out of pocket expenses incurred or made by it in connection with the performance of its duties under this Indenture or in connection with the collection of any funds. Such expenses shall include the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee’s
agents and counsel. 
 The Issuer shall indemnify each of the Trustee and its agents, employees, stockholders and directors and
officers for, and hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred by them (including attorney’s fees and expenses) arising out of or in connection with the administration of this trust including the reasonable costs and
expenses of defending themselves against any claim or 

  
 68 

 
liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of their rights, powers or duties hereunder, except for such actions to the extent caused by any gross negligence, bad faith or
willful misconduct on their part. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly, in writing, of any claim asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity; provided, however, that any failure to give such notice shall not relieve
the Issuer of its indemnification obligations hereunder. At the Trustee’s sole discretion, the Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate and may participate in the defense; provided that any settlement of a claim
shall be approved in writing by the Trustee. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or
liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. 
 To secure the
Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all assets or money held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except assets or money held in trust to pay principal
of, premium or interest on particular Notes. 
 In addition and without prejudice to the rights provided to the Trustee under
any provision of this Indenture, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) hereof occurs, such expenses and the compensation for such services are intended to
constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 The obligation of the Issuer under this Section 7.07
shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the termination or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

“Trustee” for purposes of this Section shall include any predecessor Trustee and the Trustee in each of its capacities
hereunder and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder; provided, however, that the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder.

 Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 
 The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the
Issuer in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer may remove the Trustee at its election if: 

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent; 

(c) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(d) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being
referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may appoint a successor Trustee
to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer. 
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof, all property held by it as Trustee to the
successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided in Section 7.07 hereof, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this
Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder. 

  
 69 

 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee
resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition, at the expense of the Issuer, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Trustee. 
 If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of securities for any period of
time specified under Section 3.10(b) of the TIA, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07
hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger or Conversion.

 If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust
business to, another corporation, subject to this Article 7, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee which shall be eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Sections 310(a)(1), 310(a)(2) and 310(a)(5). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at
least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. If the Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of TIA Section 310(b), the Trustee and the Issuer shall comply
with the provisions of TIA Section 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or
participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 7.10, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinbefore specified in this Article 7. 
 Section
7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer. 
 The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a),
excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. The provisions of TIA Section 311 shall apply to the
Issuer and the Guarantors as obligors upon the Notes. 
 ARTICLE 8 

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS 
 Section 8.01 Without Consent of Holders. 
 The Issuer and the Guarantors,
when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees without notice to or consent of any Holder: 

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 

  
 70 

 (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
certificated Notes; 
 (3) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or a Guarantor’s obligations
to the Holders in the case of a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets in accordance with Article 5; 

(4) to add any Note Guarantee or to effect the release of any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note
Guarantee or this Indenture (to the extent permitted by this Indenture); 
 (5) to make any change that would
provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder; 
 (6) to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; 
 (7) to secure the Notes or any Note Guarantees or any other obligation under this Indenture; 
 (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee; 
 (9) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the Description of the Notes section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in the Description of the Notes
was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes; or 

(10) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture. 

Section 8.02 With Consent of Holders. 
 (a) Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, the Issuer and the Guarantors, when each is authorized by a Board Resolution of their respective Boards of Directors, and the Trustee may amend or supplement this
Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees with the consent (which may include consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes) of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Subject
to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may waive past Defaults and compliance by the Issuer, or any Guarantor with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes, or the Note Guarantees.
However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04 hereof, may not: 
 (1) reduce, or change the maturity of, the principal of any Note; 

(2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note; 

(3) reduce any premium payable upon redemption of the Notes or change the date on which any Notes are subject to
redemption or waive any payment with respect to the redemption of the Notes; provided, however, that solely for the avoidance of doubt, and without any other implication, any purchase or repurchase of Notes (including pursuant to
Section 4.12 and Section 4.15) shall not be deemed a redemption of the Notes; 
 (4) make any Note
payable in money or currency other than that stated in the Notes; 

  
 71 

 (5) modify or change any provision of this Indenture or the related
definitions to affect the ranking of the Notes or any Note Guarantee in a manner that adversely affects the Holders; 
 (6) reduce the percentage of Holders necessary to consent to an amendment or waiver to this Indenture or the Notes; 
 (7) waive a default in the payment of principal of or premium or interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders thereof as provided
in this Indenture and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 
 (8) impair the
rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes on or after the due date therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on the Notes; 

(9) release any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this
Indenture, except as permitted by this Indenture; or 
 (10) make any change in these amendment and waiver
provisions. 
 The consent of the Holders of the Notes is not necessary under this Indenture to approve the particular form of
any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 After an amendment or supplement under this Section 8.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to Holders of the Notes a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. However, the
failure to give such notice to all Holders of the Notes, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment or supplement. 
 Section 8.03 Compliance with TIA. 
 Every amendment to or supplement of this
Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. 
 Section 8.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents;
Evidence of Noteholder Action. 
 Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is
a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. Subject to the following
paragraph, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to such Holder’s Note or portion of such Note by notice to the Trustee or the Issuer received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate
certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then
notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given,
whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date. 

  
 72 

 After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder,
unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (10) of Section 8.02 hereof, in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note
or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note. 
 Whenever in this Indenture it is
provided that the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may take action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any direction, notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action)
the fact that at the time of taking any such action the Holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by Holders in person or by agent or
proxy appointed in writing, (b) by the record of the Holders voting in favor thereof at any meeting of Holders duly called and held in accordance with procedures approved by the Trustee, (c) by a combination of such instrument or
instruments and any such record of such a meeting of Holders or (d) in the case of Notes evidenced by a Global Note, by any electronic transmission or other message, whether or not in written format, that complies with the Depository’s
applicable procedures. 
 Section 8.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

If an amendment, supplement, or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may request the Holder to deliver it to the Trustee. In
such case, the Trustee shall place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, in exchange for the Note the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee
shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment supplement or waiver. 

Section 8.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 
 The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this
Article 8 is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors, enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject to customary
exceptions). The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 

ARTICLE 9 

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 
 Section 9.01 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. 
 (a) This Indenture
shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except those obligations referred to in Section 9.01(c)) as to all outstanding Notes and the Trustee, on written demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper
instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when: 
 (1) all the Notes that have been
authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or
discharged from this trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, or 

  
 73 

 (2) (a) all Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation otherwise
(i) have become due and payable, (ii) will become due and payable, or may be called for redemption, within one year or (iii) have been called for redemption pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes and, in any case, the Issuer has
irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds, in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, U.S. legal tender, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (without
consideration of any reinvestment of interest) to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness (including all principal and accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any) on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation,
(b) the Issuer has paid all other sums payable by it under this Indenture, and (c) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at stated maturity or on the
Redemption Date, as the case may be. 
 (b) In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been complied with. 
 (c) Notwithstanding
Section 9.01(a), the Issuer’s obligations in Article 2 and Sections 4.01, 4.07, 7.07, 9.06 and 9.07 hereof shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.08 hereof. After the Notes
are no longer outstanding, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 9.06 and 9.07 hereof shall survive. 
 (d) After such
delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon Issuer Request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Issuer’s and each Guarantor’s obligations under the Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture except for those surviving
obligations specified above. 
 Section 9.02 Legal Defeasance. 
 (a) The Issuer may, at its option at any time, elect to have this section be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 9.04. 

(b) Upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Issuer and each
Guarantor shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their respective obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and the Note Guarantees on the date the
conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and each Guarantor shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented
by the outstanding Notes and the Note Guarantees, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 9.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (i) and (ii) below,
and to have satisfied all their other respective obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following
provisions, which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 9.05 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such
Section, payments in respect of the principal of, Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due from such trust fund, (ii) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and
Section 4.07 hereof, (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith and (iv) this Article 9. Subject to compliance with this Article 9, the
Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 9.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 9.03 below with respect to the Notes. 

  
 74 

 Section 9.03 Covenant Defeasance. 

(a) The Issuer may, at its option by Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, at any time, elect to have this Section be
applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 9.04. 
 (b) Upon the
Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Issuer and each Guarantor shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof, be released from their
respective obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.05 and 4.08 through 4.21 hereof, inclusive, and subclause (3) of Section 5.01(a) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes and the Note Guarantees on and after the date
the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”); provided, however, that Covenant Defeasance will not be effective until such time as Events of Default contained in Section 6.01(g) and
(h) no longer apply, and the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in
connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and the Note Guarantees, the
Issuer and each Guarantor may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such
covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event or Default under Section 6.01(d) hereof, but, except as
specified above, the remainder of this Indenture, and such Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b),
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof, the Events of Default described under clauses (c) through (f) and (i) of Section 6.01 and the Events of Default described under clauses
(g) and (h) of Section 6.01 (but only with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Issuer), in each case, will no longer constitute an Event of Default. 
 Section 9.04 Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 The
following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 9.02 or 9.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes and the Note Guarantees: 
 (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee), as trust funds, in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Obligations,
or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (without consideration of any reinvestment of interest), in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firms of independent public accountants selected by
the Issuer, to pay the principal of, Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Notes on the scheduled due dates or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, provided that the Trustee shall have received an irrevocable
written order from the Issuer instructing the Trustee to apply such U.S. dollars or the proceeds of such U.S. Government Obligations to said payments with respect to such Notes; 

(2) in the case of an election under Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion
of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the
applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the Legal
Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

  
 75 

 (3) in the case of an election under Section 9.03 hereof, the Issuer
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, Covenant Defeasance and discharge and will be subject to
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (4) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien
securing such Indebtedness); 
 (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or
violation of or constitute a Default under this Indenture or a default under any other material agreement or instrument to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is bound (other than
any such Default or default resulting solely from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien to secure such borrowings); 
 (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of
the Issuer or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Issuer or others; and 
 (7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the conditions precedent provided for in, in the case of the Officers’
Certificate, clauses (1) through (6) and, in the case of the Opinion of Counsel, clauses (2) and/or (3) and (5) of this Section 9.04 have been complied with. 
 Section 9.05 Application of Trust Money. 
 All money and U.S. Government
Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.01 or 9.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such
Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and accrued
interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 The Issuer and the
Guarantors shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 9.01 or 9.04 hereof or the principal, premium, if any, and interest
received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders. 

Anything in this Article 9 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon a
written request of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 9.01 or 9.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally-recognized firm of independent
public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture, Legal
Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be. 

  
 76 

 Section 9.06 Repayment to the Issuer. 

Subject to Section 9.05 hereof, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuer upon request any excess U.S. legal
tender or U.S. Government Obligations held by them at any time and thereupon shall be relieved from all liability with respect to such money. Subject to applicable abandoned property laws, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer
upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that remains unclaimed for two years; provided that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any payment, may at the expense
of the Issuer cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in The City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money notice that such money remains unclaimed, and that after a date specified therein which shall be at
least 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer. After payment to the Issuer, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Issuer for payment as general
creditors unless an applicable law designates another Person. 
 Section 9.07 Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01, 9.02 or
9.03 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and each Guarantor’s obligations
under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 9 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such U.S. legal tender or
U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01 hereof; provided, however, that if the Issuer or the Guarantors have made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or accrued interest on any Notes because of the
reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuer and each such Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 ARTICLE 10 
 GUARANTEES 
 Section 10.01 Unconditional Guarantee. 

Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally, jointly and severally, guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated by the Trustee and to the
Trustee and its successors and assigns that the principal of, premium thereon (if any) and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at the Maturity Date, by acceleration or
otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal and interest on any overdue interest on the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the Notes will be promptly paid in full or
performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; subject, however, to the limitations set forth in Section 10.03 hereof. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, its obligations
hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or
thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. To the maximum extent permitted under
applicable law, each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a

  
 77 

 
proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that the Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations
contained in the Notes and this Indenture. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuer or
any Guarantor, any amount paid by the Issuer or any Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, each Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor further agrees that, to the maximum
extent permitted under applicable law, as between a Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the
purpose of each Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in
Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of each Note Guarantee. 
 Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Article 10.

 Section 10.02 Severability. 
 In case any provision of this Article 10 shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired
thereby. 
 Section 10.03 Limitation on Guarantor’s Liability. 

(a) To the extent applicable, a Guarantor’s liability in respect of its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the extent set forth
below: 
 (1) Limitations Applicable to U.S. Guarantors. Each Guarantor that is incorporated, organized or
formed, as the case may be, under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia (a “U.S. Guarantor”), and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirm that it is the intention
of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of a U.S. Guarantor does not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent
Transfer Act or any similar U.S. Federal or state or other applicable law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, and each U.S. Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of a U.S. Guarantor
under its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such U.S. Guarantor (including, without limitation, any guarantees under any Credit Facility) and after
giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in
the obligations of such U.S. Guarantor not constituting such a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
 (2)
Limitations Applicable to Other Guarantors. Each Guarantor that is incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, under the laws of any jurisdiction other than one set forth in clause (1) above (an “Other
Guarantor”), and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirm that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of an Other Guarantor does not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for
purposes applicable law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, and each Other Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of an Other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the
maximum amount as will, after giving 

  
 78 

 
effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Other Guarantor (including, without limitation, any guarantees under any Credit Facility) and after giving effect to any collections
from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Other
Guarantor not constituting such a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
 (b) If following the date of this Indenture and
notwithstanding anything in Section 8.02 to the contrary: 
 (1) (i) there shall be any change in the laws
of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia or (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States, any State thereof or
the District of Columbia (a “Future Guarantor”) shall be required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to Section 4.20 hereof and the Issuer shall reasonably determine that clause (2) with respect to Other Guarantors shall not
adequately address the limitations on the Note Guarantee of such Future Guarantor imposed by applicable law of the jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, as the case may be, of any such Future Guarantor; or 

(2) the Issuer shall reasonably determine that it shall be necessary or advisable to amend the terms of subsection
(a) of this Section 10.03 or to add additional provisions related to the limitations imposed on the Note Guarantee of a Future Guarantor, 
 then upon the delivery of an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the Issuer shall be entitled to amend such clauses or add such additional provisions
(including any related modifications to the form of Note Guarantee attached hereto in Exhibits A and B), as the case may be, in order for the Note Guarantee of a Guarantor not to so violate applicable law. 

Section 10.04 Successors and Assigns. 
 This Article 10 shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall ensure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any
transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the
terms and conditions of this Indenture. 
 Section 10.05 No Waiver. 

Each of the Guarantors agrees that to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, (a) neither a failure nor a delay on the
part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 10 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power
or privilege and (b) the rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 10 at law, in
equity, by statute or otherwise. 
 Section 10.06 Release of Guarantor. 

A Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from all of its obligations under its Note Guarantee and its obligations under this Indenture and
any Registration Rights Agreement then in force: 
 (1) in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary Guarantor then held by the Issuer and the Restricted
Subsidiaries; 

  
 79 

 (2) if such Subsidiary Guarantor is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary
or otherwise ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, upon effectiveness of such designation or when it first ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary, respectively; 

(3) upon Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as provided in
Article 9 hereof; or 
 (4) upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Subsidiary Guarantor,
provided no Default or Event of Default occurs as a result thereof or has occurred or is continuing. 
 Upon delivery by
the Issuer to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that one of the foregoing requirements has been satisfied and the conditions to the release of a Guarantor from its Note Guarantee under this
Section 10.06 have been met, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
 Section 10.07 Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors. 

Each Subsidiary which is required to become a Guarantor shall, and the Issuer shall cause each such Subsidiary to, promptly execute and
deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor under this Article 10 and shall guarantee the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes
and this Indenture. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by such Subsidiary and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles of equity, whether
considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms. 

Section 10.08 Notation of Note Guarantee. 
 To evidence the Note Guarantee set forth in this Article 10, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee shall be placed on each Note authenticated and made available for delivery
by the Trustee and that this Note Guarantee shall be executed on behalf of each Guarantor by the manual or facsimile signature of an Officer of each Guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that the Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01
hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. If an Officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the
Trustee authenticates the Note on which the Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note
Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor. 
 Section 10.09 Subordination of Subrogation and Other Rights.

 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that any claim against the Issuer that arises from the payment, performance or enforcement of
such Guarantor’s obligations under the Note Guarantee or this Indenture, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, shall be subject and subordinate to, and no payment with respect to any such claim of such Guarantor shall be made
before, the payment in full in cash of all outstanding Notes in accordance with the provisions provided therefor in this Indenture. 

  
 80 

 ARTICLE 11 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 11.01 TIA Controls. 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in an indenture
qualified under the TIA, the required provision shall control. 
 Section 11.02 Notices. 

Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, in the English language, and shall be
sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by telecopier or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows: 
 If to the Issuer or any Guarantor: 
 Basic Energy Services, Inc.

 801 Cherry Street, Suite 2100 

Fort Worth, Texas 76102 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
 Tel:
(817) 334-4     
 Fax: (817) 334-4101 

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice): 

Andrews Kurth LLP 
 600 Travis, Suite 4200 
 Houston, TX 77002 

Attention: David C. Buck, Esq. 
 Tel: (713) 220-4200 
 Fax: (713) 220-4285 

If to the Trustee: 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 750 N. Saint Paul Place,
Suite 1750 
 MAC: T9263-170 

Dallas, Texas 75201 
 Attn: Corporate, Municipal and Escrow Services 
 Tel:
(214) 756-7431 
 Fax: (214) 756-7401 

The Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee by written notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent
notices or communications. Any notice or communication to the Issuer, any Guarantors or the Trustee, shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and
five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee). Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have been given notice until such notice is actually received. 

  
 81 

 Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to it by first-class mail,
postage prepaid, at his address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. 
 Failure to mail a notice or communication to a
Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication to a Holder is mailed in the manner provided above, it shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail
any notice as required by this Indenture, then such method of notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient mailing of such notice. 
 Section 11.03 Communications by Holders with Other Holders. 
 Holders may
communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA
Section 312(c). 
 Section 11.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such
Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (1) an Officers’ Certificate (which shall
include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 below) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 below) stating that, in the
opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with. 
 Section 11.05 Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion. 
 Each
certificate and opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
 (1) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto; 

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he
has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

  
 82 

 Section 11.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at meetings of Holders. The Registrar and Paying Agent may make reasonable rules
for their functions. 
 Section 11.07 Legal Holidays. 
 A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday, a federally recognized holiday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York. If a payment date is
a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 
 Section 11.08 Governing Law. 
 THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
  
 Section 11.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
 This
Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan, security or debt agreement of the Issuer or any Subsidiary thereof. No such indenture, loan, security or debt agreement may be used to interpret this Indenture. 

Section 11.10 No Recourse Against Others. 
 A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes or this Indenture or of any
Guarantor under its Note Guarantee for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees. 
 Section 11.11 Successors. 

All agreements of each of the Issuer and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All
agreements of the Trustee, any successor trustee and any Paying Agents in this Indenture shall bind their respective successors. 
 Section
11.12 Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities. 
 The Issuer and the Guarantors irrevocably consent to the
non-exclusive jurisdiction of the competent courts of the State of New York and the courts of the United States of America located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York over any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this
Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby. The Issuer and the Guarantors waive any objection that they may have to the venue of any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby in the
competent courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States of America, in each case, located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, or that such suit, action or proceeding brought in the competent courts of the
State of New York or the United States of America, in each case, located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same. 

  
 83 

 Section 11.13 Multiple Counterparts. 

This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed an original; and all such
counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the
parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 

Section 11.14 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 
 The table of contents, cross reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and
shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 Section 11.15 Separability. 

Each provision of this Indenture shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision which is not essential to the
effectuation of the basic purpose of this Indenture or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

  
 84 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the
date and year first written above. 
  

			
	BASIC ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Kenneth V. Huseman
	Name:	 	Kenneth V. Huseman
	Title:	 	President

  
  

			
	 BASIC ENERGY SERVICES GP, LLC
 FIRST ENERGY SERVICES COMPANY
 BASIC ESA, INC.

BASIC MARINE SERVICES, INC.
 CHAPARRAL
SERVICE, INC.
 HENNESSEY RENTAL TOOLS, INC.
 OILWELL FRACTURING SERVICES, INC.
 WILDHORSE SERVICES, INC.

LEBUS OIL FIELD SERVICE CO.
 GLOBE WELL
SERVICE, INC.
 SCH DISPOSAL, L.L.C.
 JS ACQUISITION LLC
 JETSTAR HOLDINGS, INC.

ACID SERVICES, LLC
 JETSTAR ENERGY
SERVICES, INC.
 SLEDGE DRILLING CORP.
 PERMIAN PLAZA, LLC
 XTERRA FISHING & RENTAL TOOLS CO.

PLATINUM PRESSURE SERVICES, INC.

ADMIRAL WELL SERVICE, INC.

		
	By:	 	/s/ Kenneth V. Huseman
	Name:	 	Kenneth V. Huseman
	Title:	 	President

  
  

			
	BASIC ENERGY SERVICES LP, LLC
		
	By:	 	/s/ Jerry Tufly
	Name:	 	Jerry Tufly
	Title:	 	President

  
 S-1

 
			
	BASIC ENERGY SERVICES, L.P.
	
	 By:    BASIC ENERGY SERVICES GP, LLC
           its General Partner

 

					
		 	     By:	 	/s/ Kenneth V. Huseman
		 		 	Name: Kenneth V. Huseman
		 		 	Title: President

  
  

			
	TAYLOR INDUSTRIES, LLC
		
	By:	 	/s/ Kenneth V. Huseman
	Name:	 	Kenneth V. Huseman
	Title:	 	Chief Executive Officer

  
  

			
	 MAVERICK COIL TUBING SERVICES, LLC
 MAVERICK SOLUTIONS, LLC
 MAVERICK STIMULATION COMPANY, LLC

MAVERICK THRU-TUBING SERVICES, LLC
 MCM
HOLDINGS, LLC
 MSM LEASING, LLC
 THE MAVERICK COMPANIES, LLC

		
	By:	 	/s/ Kenneth V. Huseman
	Name:	 	Kenneth V. Huseman
	Title:	 	President and Chief Executive Officer

  
  

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
   as Trustee

		
	By:	 	/s/ John C. Stohlmann
	Name:	 	John C. Stohlmann
	Title:	 	Vice President

  
 S-2

 EXHIBIT A 
 CUSIP No.: [                 ] 
 BASIC ENERGY SERVICES, INC. 
 7 3/4% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2022, SERIES A 
 No.
$                 
 BASIC ENERGY SERVICES,
INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer,” which term includes any successor entity), for value received promises to pay to [             ] or registered assigns, the
principal sum of [            ] DOLLARS on October 15, 2022. 

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15, commencing April 15, 2013. 

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1. 
 Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein and the Indenture (as defined), which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 

  
 A-1

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by
its duly authorized Officer. 
  

			
	BASIC ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:
[                     ] 

  
 A-2

 Certificate of Authentication 

This is one of the
7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2022, Series A referred to in the within mentioned Indenture. 
  

			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	 as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

 Dated:
[                     ] 

  
 A-3

 (REVERSE OF SECURITY) 

7 
3/4% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2022, SERIES A 

1. Interest. Basic Energy Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the
principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date on which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of the original issuance of the Notes. The
Issuer will pay interest semiannually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, commencing April 15, 2013. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace
periods) to the extent lawful from time to time on demand at the rate borne by the Notes. 
 2. Method of Payment. The
Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are the registered Holders at the close of business on the April 1 or October 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date (whether or not such day
is a Business Day) even if the Notes are cancelled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such Record Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. Payments of principal and premium, if
any, and interest will be made in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. If a Holder of Notes in certificated form has given wire transfer instructions to the Issuer at least
ten Business Days prior to the applicable payment date, the Issuer will make all payments on such Holder’s Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account in the United States specified in those instructions. Otherwise,
payments on the Notes will be made at the office or agency of the Paying Agent within the City and State of New York unless the Issuer elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of
Holders. 
 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the
“Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to the Holders. Neither the Issuer nor any of its Affiliates may act as Paying Agent but may act as
Registrar or co-Registrar. The Issuer has designated the corporate trust office of the Trustee, located at 45 Broadway, 14th Floor, New York, New York 10006, as its office where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or
for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes may be served 
 4. Indenture. The Issuer issued this Note under an Indenture, dated as of October 16, 2012 (the “Indenture”), by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. This
Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Initial Notes of the Issuer designated as its Series A 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”). The Notes include the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes, if any,
and the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes and Additional Notes, if any, pursuant to the Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. Capitalized terms
herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise defined herein. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Sections
77aaa 77bbbb) (the “TIA”), as in effect on the date of the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of
them. The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Issuer. 

  
 A-4

 5. Redemption. 

(a) Optional Redemption. The Notes will be redeemable, at the Issuer’s option, in whole at any time or in part from time to
time, on and after October 15, 2017 at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof) if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on October 15 of the applicable year set forth below,
plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date in accordance
with the Indenture and Sections 1 and 2 of this Note): 
  

					
	Year	  	Percentage	 
	 2017
	  	 	103.875	% 
	 2018
	  	 	102.583	% 
	 2019
	  	 	101.292	% 
	 2020 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) Redemption at Applicable Premium. In addition, prior to October 15, 2017, the Issuer may
redeem the Notes, at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if
any, to the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). 
 (c) Redemption upon Consummation of Certain Qualified Equity Offerings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time, or from time to time, prior to October 15, 2015, the Issuer may on any one
or more occasions, at its option, use all or any portion of the net cash proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings (as defined below) to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued at a Redemption Price equal to
107.750% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant
Interest Payment Date); provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after giving effect to any such redemption. In order to effect the foregoing redemption
with the proceeds of any Qualified Equity Offering, the Issuer shall consummate such redemption not more than 90 days after the consummation of any such Qualified Equity Offering. 

(d) Redemption After a Change of Control Event. The Notes may also be redeemed at the Issuer’s option pursuant to, and
subject to the conditions in, Section 4.15(j) of the Indenture. 
 6. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption
under paragraph 5 of this Note will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60
days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, if money for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the
Paying Agent for redemption on such Redemption Date, then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any, the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest from and after such Redemption
Date and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any. 

  
 A-5

 7. Offers to Purchase. The Indenture provides that, after certain Asset Sales (as
defined in the Indenture) and upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture), and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Issuer will make an offer to purchase certain amounts of the Notes in accordance with
the procedures set forth in the Indenture. 
 8. Registration Rights. Pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement among
the Issuer, the Guarantors, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Capital One Southcoast, Inc., Comerica Securities, Inc., Global Hunter Securities, LLC, Howard
Weil Incorporated, IBERIA Capital Partners L.L.C. and Stephens Inc. as Initial Purchasers of the Notes, the Issuer and the Guarantors are obligated to consummate an exchange offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to
exchange this Note for notes of a separate series issued under the Indenture (or a trust indenture substantially identical to the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement) which have been registered under the
Securities Act, in like principal amount and having substantially identical terms as the Notes. The Holders shall be entitled to receive Liquidated Damages by way of certain additional interest payments in the event such exchange offer is not
consummated and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange. The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder shall register the
transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay certain transfer taxes or similar governmental charges
payable in connection therewith as permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Notes or portions thereof selected for redemption. 

 
 10. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered holder of a Note
shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 
 11. Unclaimed Money. Subject to applicable unclaimed property
laws, if money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Issuer. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Issuer for payment as general
creditors unless an “abandoned property” law designates another Person. 
 12. Legal Defeasance and Covenant
Defeasance. If the Issuer at any time deposits with the Trustee U.S. legal tender or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes to redemption or the scheduled due dates and complies with the other
provisions of the Indenture relating to Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer will be discharged from certain provisions of the Indenture and the Notes (including certain covenants, but excluding its obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the
Notes). The Notes are also subject to Legal Defeasance as provided in Article 9 of the Indenture. 
 13. Amendments,
Supplements, and Waivers. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing
Default or Event of Default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto
may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or make any other change that does not
adversely affect in any material respect the rights of any Holder. 

  
 A-6

 14. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability
of each of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional Indebtedness, make payments in respect of its Equity Interests, enter into transactions with Affiliates, create dividend or other payment restrictions
affecting Restricted Subsidiaries, sell assets, create Liens, make certain Investments, merge or consolidate with any other Person, or sell, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets. Such limitations are
subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Issuer must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations. 
 15. Successor Entity. When a successor entity assumes, in accordance with the Indenture, all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, and immediately before and
thereafter no Default or Event of Default exists and certain other conditions are satisfied, the predecessor entity will be released from those obligations. 
 16. Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) of the Indenture)
shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee, by written notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may declare (an
“acceleration declaration”) all amounts owing under the Notes to be due and payable (a) if there is no Indebtedness outstanding under any Credit Facility at such time, immediately, and (b) if otherwise, upon the earlier of
(x) the final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace period or extensions thereof) or an acceleration of any Indebtedness under any Credit Facility prior to the express final stated maturity thereof and (y) five Business
Days after the Representative under each Credit Facility receives the acceleration declaration, but in the case of this clause (b) only, if such Event of Default is then continuing; provided, however, that after such acceleration but
before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such acceleration if, among other things, all existing Events of Default, other than the
nonpayment of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent
thereto. In case an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) of the Indenture occurs with respect to the Issuer and is continuing, such principal amount, together with premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest with
respect to all of the Notes, shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders. 
 17. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer. The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Issuer, and may
otherwise deal with the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee. 
 18. No
Recourse Against Others. As more fully described in the Indenture, no director, officer, employee, stockholder or incorporator, of the Issuer shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes or the Indenture, or of any
Guarantor under its Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 
 19. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or
Authenticating Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on this Note. 
  
 20. Governing Law. THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

  
 A-7

 21. Abbreviations and Defined Terms. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name
of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors
Act). 
 22. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification
Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers printed hereon. 
 23. Indenture. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of
the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time. 
 The Issuer will furnish to any
Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: Basic Energy Services, Inc., 801 Cherry Street, Suite 2100, Fort Worth, Texas 76102, Attention: Chief Financial
Officer. 

  
 A-8

 FORM OF NOTE GUARANTEE NOTATION 

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally,
unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in, and subject to the provisions of, the Indenture dated as of October 16, 2012 (the “Indenture”) among Basic Energy Services, Inc. (the “Company”), the
Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), that (i) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the
Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at the Maturity Date, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, on the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee under the Indenture or under the Notes will be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms thereof. Failing payment when due
of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture (including
the Note Guarantee) are set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture, and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee and the conditions to release thereof. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same agrees to
and shall be bound by such provisions. 
 Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the
Indenture. 
  

			
	[NAME OF EACH GUARANTOR]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	 Name:

Title:

  
 A-9

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

If you the Holder want to assign this Note, fill in the form below and have your signature guaranteed: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 (Print or type name, address and
zip code and 
 social security or tax ID number of assignee) 
 and irrevocably appoint                            
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                     
 agent to transfer
this Note on the books of Basic Energy Services, Inc. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

							
	Date:                      	 		 	Signed:	 	 
		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 Medallion Guarantee:              

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements
include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for,
STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 A-10

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by Basic Energy Services, Inc. pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.15 of the
Indenture, check the appropriate box: 
 Section 4.12  ̈ 

Section 4.15  ̈ 
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by Basic Energy Services, Inc. pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have
purchased: 
 $              

 

							
	Date:                     	 		 		 	 
				
		 		 		 	NOTICE: The signature on this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any
change whatsoever and be guaranteed by the endorser’s bank or broker.

 Medallion Guarantee:              

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements
include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for,
STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 A-11

 EXHIBIT B 
 CUSIP No.: [            ] 
 BASIC ENERGY SERVICES, INC. 
 7 3/4% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2022, SERIES B 
  

			
	No.	  	$            

 BASIC ENERGY SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer,” which term includes
any successor entity), for value received promises to pay to [ ] or registered assigns, the principal sum of [            ] DOLLARS on October 15, 2022. 

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15, commencing April 15, 2013. 

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1. 
 Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein and the Indenture (as defined), which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 

  
 B-1

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by
its duly authorized Officer. 
  

			
	BASIC ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	 Name:

Title:

 Dated: [            ] 

  
 B-2

 Certificate of Authentication 

This is one of the
7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2022, Series B referred to in the within mentioned Indenture. 
  

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
     as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
		 	 Authorized Signatory

 Dated: [            ] 

  
 B-3

 (REVERSE OF SECURITY) 

7 
3/4% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2022, SERIES B 

1. Interest. Basic Energy Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the
principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date on which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of the original issuance of the Notes. The
Issuer will pay interest semiannually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, commencing April 15, 2013. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace
periods) to the extent lawful from time to time on demand at the rate borne by the Notes. 
 2. Method of Payment. The
Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are the registered Holders at the close of business on the April 1 or October 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date (whether or not such day
is a Business Day) even if the Notes are cancelled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such Record Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. Payments of principal and premium, if
any, and interest will be made in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. If a Holder of Notes in certificated form has given wire transfer instructions to the Issuer at least
ten Business Days prior to the applicable payment date, the Issuer will make all payments on such Holder’s Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account in the United States specified in those instructions. Otherwise,
payments on the Notes will be made at the office or agency of the Paying Agent within the City and State of New York unless the Issuer elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of
Holders. 
 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the
“Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to the Holders. Neither the Issuer nor any of its Affiliates may act as Paying Agent but may act as
Registrar or co-Registrar. The Issuer has designated the corporate trust office of the Trustee, located at 45 Broadway, 14th Floor, New York, New York 10006, as its office where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or
for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes may be served 
 4. Indenture. The Issuer issued this Note under an Indenture, dated as of October 16, 2012 (the “Indenture”), by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. This
Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Initial Notes of the Issuer designated as its Series B 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”). The Notes include the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes, if any,
and the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes and Additional Notes, if any, pursuant to the Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. Capitalized terms
herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise defined herein. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Sections
77aaa 77bbbb) (the “TIA”), as in effect on the date of the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of
them. The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Issuer. 

  
 B-4

 5. Redemption. 

(a) Optional Redemption. The Notes will be redeemable, at the Issuer’s option, in whole at any time or in part from time to
time, on and after October 15, 2017 at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof) if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on October 15 of the applicable year set forth below,
plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date in accordance
with the Indenture and Sections 1 and 2 of this Note): 
  

					
	Year	  	Percentage	 
	 2017
	  	 	103.875	% 
	 2018
	  	 	102.583	% 
	 2019
	  	 	101.292	% 
	 2020 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) Redemption at Applicable Premium. In addition, prior to October 15, 2017, the Issuer may
redeem the Notes, at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if
any, to the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). 
 (c) Redemption upon Consummation of Certain Qualified Equity Offerings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time, or from time to time, prior to October 15, 2015, the Issuer may on any one
or more occasions, at its option, use all or any portion of the net cash proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings (as defined below) to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued at a Redemption Price equal to
107.750% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant
Interest Payment Date); provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after giving effect to any such redemption. In order to effect the foregoing redemption
with the proceeds of any Qualified Equity Offering, the Issuer shall consummate such redemption not more than 90 days after the consummation of any such Qualified Equity Offering. 

(d) Redemption After a Change of Control Event. The Notes may also be redeemed at the Issuer’s option pursuant to, and
subject to the conditions in, Section 4.15(j) of the Indenture. 
 6. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption
under paragraph 5 of this Note will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60
days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, if money for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the
Paying Agent for redemption on such Redemption Date, then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any, the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest from and after such Redemption
Date and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any. 

  
 B-5

 7. Offers to Purchase. The Indenture provides that, after certain Asset Sales (as
defined in the Indenture) and upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture), and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Issuer will make an offer to purchase certain amounts of the Notes in accordance with
the procedures set forth in the Indenture. 
 8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange. The Notes are in registered form,
without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder shall register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to
furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay certain transfer taxes or similar governmental charges payable in connection therewith as permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of
any Notes or portions thereof selected for redemption. 
  
 9.
Persons Deemed Owners. The registered holder of a Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 
 10.
Unclaimed Money. Subject to applicable unclaimed property laws, if money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Issuer. After that, Holders
entitled to money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors unless an “abandoned property” law designates another Person. 
 11. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance. If the Issuer at any time deposits with the Trustee U.S. legal tender or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on
the Notes to redemption or the scheduled due dates and complies with the other provisions of the Indenture relating to Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer will be discharged from certain provisions of the Indenture and the Notes (including certain
covenants, but excluding its obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes). The Notes are also subject to Legal Defeasance as provided in Article 9 of the Indenture. 

12. Amendments, Supplements, and Waivers. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented
with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or Event of Default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency,
provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or make any other change that does not adversely affect in any material respect the rights of any Holder. 

13. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of each of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional Indebtedness, make payments in respect of its Equity Interests, enter into transactions with Affiliates, create dividend or other payment restrictions affecting Restricted Subsidiaries, sell
assets, create Liens, make certain Investments, merge or consolidate with any other Person, or sell, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets. Such limitations are subject to a number of important
qualifications and exceptions. The Issuer must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations. 
 14.
Successor Entity. When a successor entity assumes, in accordance with the Indenture, all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, and immediately before and thereafter no Default or Event of Default exists and
certain other conditions are satisfied, the predecessor entity will be released from those obligations. 

  
 B-6

 15. Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. If an
Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) of the Indenture) shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee, by written notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may declare (an “acceleration declaration”) all amounts owing under the Notes to be due and payable (a) if there is no Indebtedness
outstanding under any Credit Facility at such time, immediately, and (b) if otherwise, upon the earlier of (x) the final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace period or extensions thereof) or an acceleration of any
Indebtedness under any Credit Facility prior to the express final stated maturity thereof and (y) five Business Days after the Representative under each Credit Facility receives the acceleration declaration, but in the case of this clause
(b) only, if such Event of Default is then continuing; provided, however, that after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Notes may rescind and annul such acceleration if, among other things, all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration,
have been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. In case an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) of the Indenture occurs with respect to the Issuer
and is continuing, such principal amount, together with premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest with respect to all of the Notes, shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or
the Holders. 
 16. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer. The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other
capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Issuer, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee. 

17. No Recourse Against Others. As more fully described in the Indenture, no director, officer, employee, stockholder or
incorporator, of the Issuer shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes or the Indenture, or of any Guarantor under its Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 
 18. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or Authenticating Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on this Note. 

 
 19. Governing Law. THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 20. Abbreviations and Defined Terms. Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian),
and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
 21. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon. 
 23. Indenture. Each Holder, by
accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time. 

  
 B-7

 The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the
Indenture. Requests may be made to: Basic Energy Services, Inc., 801 Cherry Street, Suite 2100, Fort Worth, Texas 76102, Attention: Chief Financial Officer. 

  
 B-8

 FORM OF NOTE GUARANTEE NOTATION 

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally,
unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in, and subject to the provisions of, the Indenture dated as of October 16, 2012 (the “Indenture”) among Basic Energy Services, Inc. (the “Company”), the
Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), that (i) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the
Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at the Maturity Date, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, on the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee under the Indenture or under the Notes will be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms thereof. Failing payment when due
of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture (including
the Note Guarantee) are set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture, and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee and the conditions to release thereof. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same agrees to
and shall be bound by such provisions. 
 Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the
Indenture. 
  

			
	[NAME OF EACH GUARANTOR]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	 Name:

Title:

  
 B-9

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

If you the Holder want to assign this Note, fill in the form below and have your signature guaranteed: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 (Print or type name, address and
zip code and 
 social security or tax ID number of assignee) 
 and irrevocably appoint                            
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                     
 agent to transfer
this Note on the books of Basic Energy Services, Inc. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

							
	Date:                      	 		 	Signed:	 	 
		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 Medallion Guarantee:              

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include
membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in
accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 B-10

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by Basic Energy Services, Inc. pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.15 of the
Indenture, check the appropriate box: 
 Section 4.12  ̈ 

Section 4.15  ̈ 
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by Basic Energy Services, Inc. pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have
purchased: 
 $              

 

							
	Date:                      	 		 		 	 
				
		 		 		 	NOTICE: The signature on this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any
change whatsoever and be guaranteed by the endorser’s bank or broker.

 Medallion Guarantee:              

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include
membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in
accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 B-11

 EXHIBIT C 
 Form of Certificate to Be Delivered Upon Exchange or Registration of Transfer of Notes 
  

	Re:	Basic Energy Services, Inc. ( “Basic Energy Services, Inc.”) 

7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”) 

This Certificate relates to $            principal amount of Notes held in
the form of*             a beneficial interest in a Global Note or*             Certificated Notes by
            (the “Transferor”). 
 The Transferor:

  ̈ has requested by written order that the Registrar deliver in exchange for
its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depository a Certificated Note or Certificated Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global
Note (or the portion thereof indicated above); or 
  ̈ has requested by written
order that the Registrar exchange or register the transfer of a Certificated Note or Certificated Notes. 
 In connection with
such request and in respect of each such Note, the Transferor does hereby certify that the Transferor is familiar with the Indenture relating to the above captioned Notes and the restrictions on transfers thereof as provided in Section 2.16 of
such Indenture, and that the transfer of the Notes does not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), because*: 

 ̈ Such Note is being acquired for the Transferor’s own account, without transfer (in
satisfaction of Section 2.16 of the Indenture). 
  ̈ Such Note is being
transferred to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), in reliance on Rule 144A. 
  ̈ Such Note is being transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of subparagraph (a)(1), (2), (3) or
(7) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act) in a minimum principal amount of $250,000, who delivers a certificate to the Trustee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture. [An Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer does not
require registration under the Securities Act accompanies this certification.] 

 ̈ Such Note is being transferred in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act and
a transfer certificate for Regulation S transfers in the form of Exhibit E to the Indenture accompanies this certification. [An Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer does not require registration under the Securities Act
accompanies this certification.] 
  ̈ Such Note is being transferred in reliance
on Rule 144 under the Securities Act. 

  
 C-1

  ̈ Such Note is being transferred in reliance
on and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Regulation S, Rule 144A or Rule 144 under the Securities Act to a Person other than an institutional “accredited investor.” [An
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer does not require registration under the Securities Act accompanies this certification.] 
  

			
	 
	[INSERT NAME OF TRANSFEROR]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	[Authorized Signatory]

 Date:
                     
 *Check
applicable blank or box. 

  
 C-2

 EXHIBIT D 
 Form of Transferee Letter of Representation 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

 750 N. Saint Paul Place, Suite 1750 

MAC: T9263-170 
 Dallas, Texas 75201 

Attn: Corporate, Municipal and Escrow Services 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $            principal amount of the 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2022 of Basic Energy Services, Inc. (“Basic Energy Services, Inc.”) and any guarantee thereof (the “Notes”), or a beneficial interest therein, to the
undersigned transferee: 
  

					
	 Name:
	  	 	  	
			
	 Address:
	  	 	  	
			
	 Taxpayer ID Number:  
	  	 	  	

 The undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities
Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”)) purchasing Notes in a minimum principal amount of $250,000 for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” and we are acquiring the Notes not with a
view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of our investment in
the Notes and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 

2. We acknowledge that we have had access to such financial and other information, and have been afforded the opportunity to ask such
questions of representatives of Basic Energy Services, Inc. and receive answers thereto, as we deem necessary. 
 3. We
understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are
purchasing Notes that we will not prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date (as defined in the Indenture for the Notes), offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes except (a) to Basic Energy Services, Inc. or any subsidiary of Basic
Energy Services, Inc., (b) inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (c) inside the United States to an “institutional accredited investor” as
defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to the Trustee a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter,
in each case in a minimum principal amount of $250,000, (d) outside the United States in an offshore transaction in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act, (e) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (f) pursuant to
any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or (g) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. We acknowledge that Basic Energy Services, Inc. and the Trustee reserve the
right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the applicable Notes pursuant to clause (c), (d) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel to Basic Energy Services,
Inc. and the Trustee. 

  
 D-1

 We understand that the Trustee will not be required to accept for registration of transfer
any Notes acquired by us, except upon presentation of evidence satisfactory to Basic Energy Services, Inc. and the Trustee that the foregoing restrictions on transfer have been complied with. We further understand that any Notes purchased by us in
the form of definitive physical certificates will bear a legend reflecting the substance of paragraph 3 of this letter. We further agree to provide to any Person acquiring any of the Notes from us a notice advising such Person that transfers of such
Notes are restricted as stated herein and that certificates representing such Notes will bear a legend to that effect. 
 We
understand that Basic Energy Services, Inc. and the Trustee and others are entitled to rely upon the truth and accuracy of our acknowledgments, representations and agreements set forth herein, and we agree to notify you promptly in writing if any of
our acknowledgments, representations or agreements herein ceases to be accurate and complete. You are also irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official
inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
 We represent to you that we have full power to make the foregoing
acknowledgments, representations and agreements on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are acting as fiduciary agent. 
 As used herein, the terms “offshore transaction,” “United States” and “U.S. Person” have the respective meanings given to them in Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 THIS LETTER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

 

							
	Dated:                     	 		 	TRANSFEREE:
				
		 		 	By:	 	 

  
 D-2

 EXHIBIT E 
 Form of Certificate to Be 
 Delivered in Connection

 with Regulation S Transfers 
                     ,          

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 750 N.
Saint Paul Place, Suite 1750 
 MAC: T9263-170 
 Dallas, Texas 75201 
 Attn: Corporate, Municipal and Escrow Services 

 

	Re:	 Basic Energy Services, Inc. 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”) 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 In
connection with our proposed sale of $            aggregate principal amount of the Notes or a beneficial interest therein, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in
accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that: 
 (1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a Person in the United States; 
 (2)
either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any Person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was
executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any Person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States; 

(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a) or Rule 904(a) of
Regulation S, as applicable; 
 (4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the
Securities Act; and 
 (5) we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes. 

  
 E-1

 You and Basic Energy Services, Inc. are entitled to rely upon this letter and are
irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Defined terms used herein without definition have the
respective meanings provided in Regulation S. 

			
	
	Very truly yours,
	
	[Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	 

  
 E-2

 EXHIBIT F 
 Form of Supplemental Indenture 
 THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this
“Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of [            ], 20[            ], among
[            ] (the “New Guarantor”), a subsidiary of Basic Energy Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (or its successor) (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors
(the “Existing Guarantors”) under the Indenture referred to below, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association , as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”), 

W I T N E S S E T H: 
 WHEREAS the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (as such may be amended from time to time, the “Indenture”), dated as of October 16, 2012
providing for the issuance of its
7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS under
certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s obligations under the
Notes pursuant to a Note Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and 
 WHEREAS pursuant to Section 8.01 of
the Indenture, the Trustee, the Issuer and the Existing Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Issuer, the Existing Guarantors and the
Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows: 
 1. Definitions.
(a) Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 
 (b) For
all purposes of this Supplemental Indenture, except as otherwise herein expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires: (i) the terms and expressions used herein shall have the same meanings as corresponding terms and expressions
used in the Indenture; and (ii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any
particular section hereof. 
 2. Agreement to Guarantee. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all
other Guarantors, to guarantee the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture. From and after the
date hereof, the New Guarantor shall be a Guarantor for all purposes under the Indenture and the Notes. 
 3. Ratification of
Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This
Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 
 4. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

  
 F-1

 5. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any
manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which are made solely by the Issuer. 

6. Multiple Counterparts. The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed counterpart shall
be deemed an original, but all of them together represent one and the same agreement. 
 7. Headings. The headings of
this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

  
 F-2

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date and year first above written. 
  

			
	[NEW GUARANTOR]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	BASIC ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	EXISTING GUARANTORS:
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
 ASSOCIATION,
     as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 F-3Registration Rights Agreement

 Exhibit 4.3 
 Execution Version 
  

 
  

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
 Dated as of October 16, 2012 
 By and Among 

BASIC ENERGY SERVICES, INC., 
 the GUARANTORS named herein 
 and 

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH 
 INCORPORATED 
 GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO. 

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC 
 as the Representatives of the Initial Purchasers 
 7.750% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2022

  
  

 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
	 Section 1.
	  	Definitions	  	 	1	  
			
	 Section 2.
	  	Exchange Offer	  	 	4	  
			
	 Section 3.
	  	Shelf Registration	  	 	7	  
			
	 Section 4.
	  	Liquidated Damages	  	 	8	  
			
	 Section 5.
	  	Registration Procedures	  	 	9	  
			
	 Section 6.
	  	Market Making.	  	 	16	  
			
	 Section 7.
	  	Registration Expenses	  	 	20	  
			
	 Section 8.
	  	Indemnification	  	 	21	  
			
	 Section 9.
	  	Rules 144 and 144A	  	 	23	  
			
	 Section 10.
	  	Underwritten Registrations	  	 	24	  
			
	 Section 11.
	  	Miscellaneous	  	 	24	  
	     (a)
	  	No Inconsistent Agreements	  	 	24	  
	     (b)
	  	Adjustments Affecting Registrable Notes	  	 	24	  
	     (c)
	  	Amendments and Waivers	  	 	24	  
	     (d)
	  	Notices	  	 	25	  
	     (e)
	  	Guarantors	  	 	25	  
	     (f)
	  	Successors and Assigns	  	 	26	  
	     (g)
	  	Counterparts	  	 	26	  
	     (h)
	  	Headings	  	 	26	  
	     (i)
	  	Governing Law	  	 	26	  
	     (j)
	  	Severability	  	 	26	  
	     (k)
	  	Securities Held by the Issuers or Their Affiliates	  	 	26	  
	     (l)
	  	Third-Party Beneficiaries	  	 	26	  
	     (m)
	  	Entire Agreement	  	 	26	  
		
	 SIGNATURES
	  	 	S-1	  

  
 -i-

 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of October 16, 2012, by and among BASIC ENERGY
SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each of the GUARANTORS (as defined herein) (the Company and the Guarantors are referred to collectively herein as the “Issuers”), on the one hand, and
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED, GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO. and WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC, as representatives of the Initial Purchasers listed in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (collectively,
the “Initial Purchasers”), on the other hand. 
 This Agreement is entered into in connection with the Purchase
Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2012, by and among the Issuers and the Initial Purchasers (the “Purchase Agreement”), relating to the offering of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.750% Senior Notes due 2022 of the
Company (including the guarantees thereof by the Guarantors, the “Notes”). The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the Initial Purchasers’ obligation to purchase the Notes under the Purchase Agreement.

 The parties hereby agree as follows: 
 Section 1. Definitions 
 As used in this Agreement, the following terms
shall have the following meanings: 
 “action” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(c) hereof.

 “Advice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person shall mean any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, control of a Person shall mean the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person
whether by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 
 “Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the first introductory paragraph hereof. 
 “Applicable Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 
 “Board of Directors” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof. 
 “Business Day” shall mean a day that is not a Legal Holiday. 

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof and shall also include the
Company’s permitted successors and assigns. 
 “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange
Commission. 
 “day” shall mean a calendar day. 

“Delay Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof. 

“Effectiveness Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof. 

 “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 
 “Exchange Notes” shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof. 
 “Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2(a) hereof. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2(a) hereof. 
 “FINRA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(s) hereof. 

“Guarantors” means each subsidiary of the Company listed on the signature page to this Agreement and each Person who
executes and delivers a counterpart of this Agreement after the date hereof pursuant to Section 11(e) hereof. 

“Holder” shall mean any holder of a Registrable Note or Registrable Notes. 

“Indenture” shall mean the Indenture, dated as of October 16, 2012, by and among the Issuers and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as trustee, pursuant to which the Notes are being issued, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 
 “Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the first introductory paragraph hereof. 
 “Inspectors” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(n) hereof. 
 “Issuers” shall have the meaning set forth in the first introductory paragraph hereof. 
 “Issue Date” shall mean October 16, 2012, the date of original issuance of the Notes. 
 “Legal Holiday” shall mean a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.

 “Liquidated Damages” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof. 

“Liquidated Damages Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(b) hereof. 

“Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof. 

“Market Maker” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof. 

“Market Maker’s Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof. 

“Market Making Registration Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a)(i) hereof. 

“Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the second introductory paragraph hereof. 

“Participant” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof. 

  
 2 

 “Participating Broker-Dealer” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2(b) hereof. 
 “Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture
association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 
 “Private Exchange” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 
 “Private Exchange Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 
 “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, any prospectus subject to completion and a prospectus that includes any
information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, and all other amendments
and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus. 

“Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the second introductory paragraph hereof. 

“Records” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(n) hereof. 

“Registrable Notes” shall mean each Note upon its original issuance and at all times subsequent thereto, each Exchange
Note as to which Section 2(c)(iv) hereof is applicable upon original issuance and at all times subsequent thereto and each Private Exchange Note upon original issuance thereof and at all times subsequent thereto, in each case until (i) a
Registration Statement (other than, with respect to any Exchange Note as to which Section 2(c)(iv) hereof is applicable, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) covering such Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note has been declared
effective by the Commission and such Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note, as the case may be, has been disposed of in accordance with such effective Registration Statement, (ii) such Note has been exchanged pursuant to the Exchange
Offer for an Exchange Note or Exchange Notes that may be resold without restriction under state and federal securities laws, (iii) such Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note, as the case may be, ceases to be outstanding for purposes of
the Indenture or (iv) such Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note has been sold in compliance with Rule 144 or is salable pursuant to Rule 144 by a person that is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144) of the
Company without regard to any of the conditions specified therein (other than the holding period requirement in paragraph (d) of Rule 144 so long as such holding period requirement is satisfied at such time of determination). 

“Registration Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof. 

“Registration Statement” shall mean any appropriate registration statement of the Issuers covering any of the
Registrable Notes filed with the Commission under the Securities Act, and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits
thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 
 “Requesting Participating Broker-Dealer” shall
have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 

  
 3 

 “Rule 144” shall mean Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as
such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule (other than Rule 144A) or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission providing for offers and sales of securities made in compliance therewith resulting in offers and sales by
subsequent holders that are not Affiliates of an issuer of such securities being free of the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 144A” shall mean Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule (other than Rule 144) or regulation
hereafter adopted by the Commission. 
 “Rule 415” shall mean Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act, as
such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. 

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission
promulgated thereunder. 
 “Shelf Filing Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c) hereof.

 “Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof. 

“TIA” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. 

“Trustee” shall mean the trustee under the Indenture and the trustee (if any) under any indenture governing the Exchange
Notes and Private Exchange Notes. 
 “underwritten registration” or “underwritten offering”
shall mean a registration in which securities of the Issuers are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public. 
 Section
2. Exchange Offer 
 (a) Unless the Exchange Offer would violate applicable law or interpretation of the staff of the
Commission, the Issuers shall (i) file a Registration Statement (the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”) with the Commission on an appropriate registration form with respect to a registered offer (the “Exchange
Offer”) to exchange any and all of the Registrable Notes for a like aggregate principal amount of notes (including the guarantees with respect thereto, the “Exchange Notes”) that are identical in all material respects to
the Notes (except that the Exchange Notes shall not contain restrictive legends, terms with respect to transfer restrictions or Liquidated Damages upon a Registration Default), (ii) use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act and (iii) use their reasonable best efforts to consummate the Exchange Offer within 270 days after the Issue Date. Upon the Exchange Offer Registration Statement being
declared effective by the Commission, the Issuers will offer the Exchange Notes in exchange for surrender of the Notes. The Issuers shall keep the Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days (or longer if required by applicable law) after
the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to Holders. 
 Each Holder that participates in the Exchange Offer will be
required to represent to the Issuers in writing that (i) any Exchange Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the
distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) it is not an affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor as defined by Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or if
it is an affiliate, it will comply with the registration and prospectus 

  
 4 

 
delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of
Exchange Notes and (v) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. 
 (b) The Issuers and the Initial Purchasers acknowledge that the staff of
the Commission has taken the position that any broker-dealer that elects to exchange Notes that were acquired by such broker-dealer for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities for Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer
(a “Participating Broker-Dealer”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment resulting from the original offering of the Notes). 
 The
Issuers and the Initial Purchasers also acknowledge that the staff of the Commission has taken the position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the
above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Notes, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Notes owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by
Participating Broker-Dealers to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligations under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange Notes for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities
Act. 
 In light of the foregoing, if requested by a Participating Broker-Dealer (a “Requesting Participating
Broker-Dealer”), the Issuers agree to use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective for a period necessary to comply with applicable law in connection with such resales but in no
event more than 180 days after the date on which the Exchange Registration Statement is declared effective, or such longer period if extended pursuant to any Delay Period in accordance with the penultimate paragraph of Section 5 hereof (such
period, the “Applicable Period”), or such earlier date as each Requesting Participating Broker-Dealer shall have notified the Company in writing that such Requesting Participating Broker-Dealer has resold all Exchange Notes acquired
by it in the Exchange Offer. The Issuers shall include a plan of distribution in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement that meets the requirements set forth in the preceding paragraph. 

If, prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer, any Initial Purchaser or any other Holder holds any Notes acquired by it that have, or
that are reasonably likely to be determined to have, the status of an unsold allotment in an initial distribution, or if any Holder is not entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer, the Issuers upon the request of the Initial Purchasers or any
such Holder, as the case may be, shall simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer, issue and deliver to the Initial Purchasers or any such Holder, as the case may be, in exchange (the “Private
Exchange”) for such Notes held by such Initial Purchaser or any such Holder a like principal amount of notes (the “Private Exchange Notes”) of the Issuers that are identical in all material respects to the Exchange Notes
except that the Private Exchange Notes may be subject to restrictions on transfer and bear a legend to such effect. The Private Exchange Notes shall be issued pursuant to the same indenture as the Exchange Notes and bear the same CUSIP number as the
Exchange Notes (if permitted by the CUSIP Service Bureau). 
 Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer in accordance with this
Section 2, the Issuers shall have no further registration obligations other than the Issuers’ continuing registration obligations with respect to (i) Private Exchange Notes, (ii) Exchange Notes held by Participating
Broker-Dealers and (iii) Notes or Exchange Notes as to which clause (c)(iv) of this Section 2 applies. 

  
 5 

 In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall: 

(1) mail or cause to be mailed to each Holder entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer a copy of the Prospectus
forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents; 
 (2) utilize the services of a depositary for the Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York; 

(3) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Notes at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last
Business Day on which the Exchange Offer shall remain open; and 
 (4) otherwise comply in all material respects
with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. 
 As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer and the Private
Exchange, if any, the Issuers shall: 
 (1) accept for exchange all Notes validly tendered and not validly
withdrawn by the Holders pursuant to the Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange, if any; 
 (2) deliver or cause
to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Notes so accepted for exchange; and 
 (3) cause
the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each such Holder of Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Registrable Notes of such Holder so accepted for exchange. 

The Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that (i) the Exchange Offer or
Private Exchange, as the case may be, does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the Commission, (ii) no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by any governmental
agency which might materially impair the ability of the Issuers to proceed with the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, and no material adverse development shall have occurred in any existing action or proceeding with respect to the Issuers and
(iii) all governmental approvals shall have been obtained, which approvals the Company deems necessary for the consummation of the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange. 
 The Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes shall be issued under (i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material respects to the Indenture (in either case, with such
changes as are necessary to comply with any requirements of the Commission to effect or maintain the qualification thereof under the TIA) and which, in either case, has been qualified under the TIA and shall provide that (a) the Exchange Notes
shall not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and (b) the Private Exchange Notes shall be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture. The Indenture or such indenture shall provide that the
Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes or the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate
class on any matter. 

  
 6 

 (c) In the event that (i) the applicable law or interpretations of the staff of the
Commission do not permit the Issuers to effect the Exchange Offer, (ii) for any reason the Exchange Offer is not consummated within 270 days of the Issue Date, (iii) any Holder notifies the Company prior to the 20th Business Day following
consummation of the Exchange Offer that it is prohibited by law or the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission from participating in the Exchange Offer, (iv) in the case of any Holder who participates in the Exchange Offer,
such Holder does not receive Exchange Notes on the date of the exchange that may be sold without restriction under state and federal securities laws (other than due solely to the status of such Holder as an affiliate of any Issuer within the meaning
of the Securities Act) or (v) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to Notes or Private Exchange Notes that have, or that are reasonably likely to be determined to have, the status of unsold allotments in an initial distribution (each
such event referred to in clauses (i) through (v) of this sentence, a “Shelf Filing Event”), then the Issuers shall file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 3 hereof. 

Section 3. Shelf Registration 
 If at any time a Shelf Filing Event shall occur, then: 
 (a) Shelf
Registration. The Issuers shall file with the Commission a Registration Statement for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Registrable Notes not exchanged in the Exchange Offer, Private Exchange
Notes and Exchange Notes as to which Section 2(c)(iv) is applicable (the “Shelf Registration Statement”). The Shelf Registration Statement shall be on Form S-1 or another appropriate form permitting registration of such
Registrable Notes for resale by Holders in the manner or manners designated by them (including, without limitation, one or more underwritten offerings). The Issuers shall not permit any securities other than the Registrable Notes to be included in
the Shelf Registration Statement. 
 (b) The Issuers shall use all their reasonable best efforts (x) to cause the Shelf
Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to the later of (A) the 150th day after the Issue Date and (B) the 120th day after the occurrence of the applicable Shelf Filing Event and (y) to
keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act for one year (the “Effectiveness Period”) or such shorter period ending when all Registrable Notes covered by the Shelf Registration Statement
have been sold in the manner set forth and as contemplated in the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that (i) the Effectiveness Period in respect of the Shelf Registration Statement shall be extended to the extent
required to permit dealers to comply with the applicable prospectus delivery requirements of Rule 174 under the Securities Act and as otherwise provided herein and (ii) the Company may suspend the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration
Statement by written notice to the Holders solely (A) as a result of the filing of a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement to incorporate annual audited financial information with respect to the Company where such
post-effective amendment is not yet effective and needs to be declared effective to permit Holders to use the related Prospectus or (B) to the extent and for so long as permitted by the penultimate paragraph of Section 5. 

(c) Supplements and Amendments. The Issuers agree to supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement as and when
required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration, or if reasonably requested by the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement or by any underwriter of such Registrable Notes. 

  
 7 

 Section 4. Liquidated Damages 

(a) The Issuers and the Initial Purchasers agree that the Holders will suffer damages if the Issuers fail to fulfill their obligations
under Section 2 or Section 3 hereof and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages with precision. Accordingly, the Issuers agree that if: 

(i) the Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to the 270th day following the Issue Date, or, if that day is not a
Business Day, the next day that is a Business Day; or 
 (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement is required to be
filed but is not declared effective within the time period specified in Section 3(b)(x), or is declared effective by such date but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable (unless the Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective or
usable as specifically permitted by the penultimate paragraph of Section 5 hereof), 
 (each such event referred to in clauses (i) and
(ii) a “Registration Default”), additional interest in the form of additional cash interest (“Liquidated Damages”) will accrue on the affected Registrable Notes. The rate of Liquidated Damages will be
0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a Registration Default, increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period up to a maximum amount of Liquidated
Damages of 1.00% per annum, from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to, but excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured. If, after the cure of all Registration Defaults then in
effect, there is a subsequent Registration Default, the rate of Liquidated Damages for such subsequent Registration Default shall initially be 0.25% regardless of the rate in effect with respect to any prior Registration Default at the time of cure
of such Registration Default and shall increase in the manner and be subject to the maximum Liquidated Damages rate contained in the preceding sentence. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) the amount of Liquidated Damages payable shall not increase because more than one Registration Default has occurred and is pending and (2) a Holder of
Registrable Notes that is not entitled to the benefits of the Shelf Registration Statement (e.g., such Holder has not elected to include information) shall not be entitled to Liquidated Damages with respect to a Registration Default that
pertains to the Shelf Registration Statement. 
 (b) So long as Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall notify the Trustee
within five Business Days after each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Liquidated Damages is required to be paid. Any amounts of Liquidated Damages due pursuant to clauses (a)(i) or (a)(ii) of this Section 4 will be
payable in cash semi-annually on each April 15th and October 15th (each a “Liquidated Damages Payment Date”), commencing with the first such date occurring after any such Liquidated Damages commences to accrue, to Holders
to whom regular interest is payable on such Liquidated Damages Payment Date with respect to Notes that are Registrable Notes. The amount of Liquidated Damages for each Registrable Note will be determined by multiplying the applicable rate of
Liquidated Damages by the aggregate principal amount of such Registrable Note outstanding on the Liquidated Damages Payment Date following such Registration Default in the case of the first such payment of Liquidated Damages with respect to a
Registration Default (and thereafter at the next succeeding Liquidated Damages Payment Date until the cure of such Registration Default), and multiplying the product of the foregoing by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such
Liquidated Damages rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months and, in the case of a partial month, the actual number of days elapsed), and the denominator of which is 360.

  
 8 

 Section 5. Registration Procedures 

In connection with the filing of any Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2 or 3 hereof, the Issuers shall effect such
registrations to permit the sale of the securities covered thereby in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto and in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Issuers hereunder, the
Issuers shall: 
 (a) Prepare and file with the Commission the Registration Statement or Registration Statements
prescribed by Section 2 or 3 hereof, and use their reasonable best efforts to cause each such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective as provided herein; provided, however, that, if (1) such filing is
pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who
seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period relating thereto, before filing any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Issuers shall furnish to and afford the Holders of the Registrable Notes
covered by such Registration Statement or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, their counsel (if requested by any such person) and the managing underwriters, if any, a reasonable opportunity to review copies of all such
documents (including copies of any documents to be incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits thereto) proposed to be filed (in each case at least five Business Days prior to such filing). The Issuers shall not file any Registration
Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto if the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement, or any such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be,
their counsel, or the managing underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object. 
 (b) Prepare and file with the
Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Shelf Registration Statement or Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as the case may be, as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective for the
Effectiveness Period or the Applicable Period, as the case may be; cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by any Prospectus supplement required by applicable law, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar
provisions then in force) promulgated under the Securities Act; and comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement as so
amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented and with respect to the subsequent resale of any securities being sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer covered by any such Prospectus, in each case, in accordance with the intended methods of
distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, as so amended or supplemented. 
 (c) If
(1) a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the
Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, notify the selling Holders of Registrable Notes, or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, their counsel (if such
counsel is known to the Issuers) and the managing underwriters, if any, as promptly as possible, and, if requested by any such Person, confirm such notice in writing, (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective
amendment has been filed, and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective under the Securities Act (including in such notice a written statement that any Holder may, upon request,
obtain, at the sole expense of the Issuers, one conformed copy of such Registration Statement or post-effective amendment including financial statements and schedules, documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference and exhibits),
(ii) of the 

  
 9 

 
issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the
initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iii) if at any time when a Prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Registrable Notes or resales of Exchange Notes by Participating
Broker-Dealers the representations and warranties of the Issuers contained in any agreement (including any underwriting agreement) contemplated by Section 5(m) hereof cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (iv) of the
receipt by any of the Issuers of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of a Registration Statement or any of the Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes for offer or sale in any
jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any event, the existence of any condition or any information becoming known to any Issuer that makes any statement made in such
Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in or amendments or supplements to such
Registration Statement, Prospectus or documents so that, in the case of the Registration Statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, and that in the case of the Prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading, and (vi) of the Company’s determination that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate. 

(d) If (1) a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus
contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, use
their reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of a Prospectus or suspending the qualification (or exemption from
qualification) of any of the Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, for sale in any jurisdiction, and, if any such order is issued, to use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any such order at the earliest
practicable moment. 
 (e) If (1) a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof
or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during
the Applicable Period and if requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters (if any), the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement or any Participating Broker-Dealer,
as the case may be, (i) promptly prepare a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment including such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters (if any), such Holders or any Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be
(based upon advice of counsel), determine is reasonably required to be included therein and (ii) make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company has received
notification of the matters to be included in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; provided, however, that the Issuers shall not be required to take any action hereunder that would, in the written opinion of counsel
to the Issuers, violate applicable laws. 
 (f) If (1) a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to
Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer

  
 10 

 
who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, furnish to each selling Holder of Registrable Notes or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, who so requests,
their counsel (if requested by any such person) and each managing underwriter, if any, at the sole expense of the Issuers, one conformed copy of the Registration Statement or Registration Statements and each post-effective amendment thereto,
including financial statements and schedules, and, if requested, all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits. 
 (g) If (1) a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2
hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, deliver to each selling Holder of Registrable Notes or each such Participating
Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, their respective counsel (if requested) and the underwriters, if any, at the sole expense of the Issuers, as many copies of the Prospectus or Prospectuses (including each form of preliminary prospectus) and each
amendment or supplement thereto and any documents incorporated by reference therein as such Persons may reasonably request; and, subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5, the Issuers hereby consent to the use of such Prospectus and each
amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Notes or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, and the underwriters or agents, if any, and dealers (if any), in connection with the offering and sale
of the Registrable Notes covered by, or the sale by Participating Broker-Dealers of the Exchange Notes pursuant to, such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto. 

(h) Prior to any public offering of Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes or any delivery of a Prospectus contained in the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, use their reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, and to cooperate with the selling Holders of
Registrable Notes or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration
or qualification) of such Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer, or the
managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request; provided, however, that where Exchange Notes or Registrable Notes are offered other than through an underwritten offering, the Issuers agree to cause the Issuers’ counsel to
perform Blue Sky investigations and file registrations and qualifications required to be filed pursuant to this Section 5(h); to keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the period such Registration
Statement is required to be kept effective and to do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Exchange Notes or Registrable Notes covered by the applicable
Registration Statement; provided, however, that no Issuer shall be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified, (B) take any action that would subject it to general
service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or (C) subject itself to taxation in excess of a nominal dollar amount in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject. 

(i) If a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, cooperate with the selling Holders of
Registrable Notes and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Notes to be sold, which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends and shall
be in a form eligible 

  
 11 

 
for deposit with The Depository Trust Company; and enable such Registrable Notes to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or
selling Holders may request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of such Registrable Notes. 
 (j) Use
their reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes covered by any Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be reasonably necessary to enable the
seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes, except as may be required solely as a consequence of the nature of such selling Holder’s business,
in which case the Issuers will cooperate in all reasonable respects with the filing of such Registration Statement and the granting of such approvals. 
 (k) If (1) a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2
hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 5(c)(v) or 5(c)(vi) hereof,
as promptly as practicable prepare and (subject to Section 5(a) and the penultimate paragraph of this Section 5) file with the Commission, at the sole expense of the Issuers, a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration
Statement or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Notes being
sold thereunder or to the purchasers of the Exchange Notes to whom such Prospectus will be delivered by a Participating Broker-Dealer, any such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 
 (l) Prior to the effective date of the first Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Notes, (i) provide the Trustee with certificates for the Registrable Notes in a form eligible for
deposit with The Depository Trust Company and (ii) provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable Notes. 
 (m)
In connection with any underwritten offering of Registrable Notes pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, enter into an underwriting agreement as is customary in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Notes and take all such
other actions as are reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of such Registrable Notes and, whether or not such offering is an underwritten offering,
(i) make such representations and warranties to the underwriter or underwriters (and to any Holder that has advised the Company that such Holder may have a “due diligence” defense under Section 11 of the Securities Act), and
covenants with, the underwriters with respect to the business of the Issuers and their subsidiaries (including any acquired business, properties or entity, if applicable), and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents, if any,
incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Notes, and confirm the same in writing if and when
requested; (ii) use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the written opinions of counsel to the Issuers and written updates thereof in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters, addressed
to the underwriters (and to any Holder that has advised the Company that such Holder may have a “due diligence” defense under Section 11 of the Securities Act) covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in
underwritten offerings and 

  
 12 

 
such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters; (iii) use their reasonable best efforts to obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates
thereof in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters from the independent certified public accountants of the Issuers (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any
subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement), addressed to each of the
underwriters (and to any Holder that has advised the Company that such Holder may have a “due diligence” defense under Section 11 of the Securities Act), such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type
customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings; and (iv) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, the same shall contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than
those set forth in Section 8 hereof (or such other provisions and procedures acceptable to Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement and the managing underwriter or
underwriters or agents) with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; provided that the Issuers shall not be required to provide indemnification to any underwriter selected in accordance with the provisions of
Section 10 hereof with respect to information relating to such underwriter furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such underwriter expressly for inclusion in such Registration Statement. The above shall be done at each closing
under such underwriting agreement, or as and to the extent required thereunder. 
 (n) If (1) a Shelf
Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any
Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, make available for inspection by any selling Holder of such Registrable Notes being sold or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, any
underwriter participating in any such disposition of Registrable Notes, if any, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such selling Holder or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, or underwriter
(collectively, the “Inspectors”), at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and instruments of the Company and its subsidiaries
(collectively, the “Records”) as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise any applicable due diligence responsibilities, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries to supply
all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such Registration Statement and Prospectus. Each Inspector shall agree in writing that it will keep the Records confidential and that it will not disclose, or use in
connection with any market transactions in violation of any applicable securities laws, any Records that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and that it notifies the Inspectors in writing are confidential unless (i) the
disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent
jurisdiction, (iii) disclosure of such information is necessary or advisable in the opinion of counsel for an Inspector in connection with any action, claim, suit or proceeding, directly or indirectly, involving or potentially involving such
Inspector and arising out of, based upon, relating to, or involving this Agreement or the Purchase Agreement, or any transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or arising hereunder or thereunder, or (iv) the information in such Records has
been made generally available to the public; provided, however, that (A) each Inspector shall agree to use reasonable best efforts to provide notice to the Company of the potential disclosure of any information by such Inspector
pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this sentence to permit the Issuers to obtain a protective order (or waive the provisions of this paragraph (n)) and (B) each such Inspector shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary
to protect the confidentiality of such information (if practicable) to the extent such action is otherwise not inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of the Holder or any Inspector. 

  
 13 

 (o) Provide an indenture trustee for the Registrable Notes or the Exchange
Notes, as the case may be, and cause the Indenture or the trust indenture provided for in Section 2(b) hereof to be qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of the Exchange Offer or the first Registration Statement relating to
the Registrable Notes; and in connection therewith, cooperate with the trustee under any such indenture and the Holders of the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes, as applicable, to effect such changes to such indenture as may be required for such
indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA; and execute, and use their reasonable best efforts to cause such trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes, and all other forms and documents
required to be filed with the Commission to enable such indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner. 
 (p)
Comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make generally available to the Company’s securityholders earnings statements satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder
(or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) no later than 45 days after the end of any 12-month period (or 90 days after the end of any 12-month period if such period is a fiscal year) (i) commencing at the end of any fiscal
quarter in which Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts underwritten offering and (ii) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, commencing on the first day of the first fiscal
quarter of the Company after the effective date of a Registration Statement, which statements shall cover said 12-month periods consistent with the requirements of Rule 158. 

(q) Upon the request of a Holder, upon consummation of the Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange, use their reasonable best
efforts to obtain an opinion of counsel to the Issuers, in a form customary for underwritten transactions, addressed to the Trustee for the benefit of all Holders of Registrable Notes participating in the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, as
the case may be, that the Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, and the related indenture constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuers, enforceable against the Issuers in accordance with its respective
terms, subject to customary exceptions and qualifications. 
 (r) If the Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is
to be consummated, upon delivery of the Registrable Notes by Holders to the Company (or to such other Person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, mark, or cause to be
marked, on such Registrable Notes that such Registrable Notes are being cancelled in exchange for the Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be; provided that in no event shall such Registrable Notes be marked as paid
or otherwise satisfied. 
 (s) Cooperate with each seller of Registrable Notes covered by any Registration
Statement and each underwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Notes and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
(“FINRA”). 
 (t) Use their reasonable best efforts to take all other steps reasonably necessary
or advisable to effect the registration of the Exchange Notes and/or Registrable Notes covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby. 

  
 14 

 The Company may require each seller of Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes as to which any
registration is being effected to furnish to the Company such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes as the Company may, from time to time, reasonably request. The Company may exclude from
such registration the Registrable Notes of any seller so long as such seller fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request and in the event of such an exclusion, the Issuers shall have no further obligation
under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the obligations under Section 4) with respect to such seller or any subsequent Holder of such Registrable Notes. Each seller as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected
agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make any information previously furnished to the Company by such seller not materially misleading. 

If any such Registration Statement refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the holder of any securities of the Company or the
Guarantors, then such Holder shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Holder, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be
construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Company or the Guarantors,
or (ii) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder in any amendment or supplement to the
applicable Registration Statement filed or prepared subsequent to the time that such reference ceases to be required. 
 Each
Holder of Registrable Notes and each Participating Broker-Dealer agrees by acquisition of such Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes that, upon the Company providing notice to such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, (x) of
the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5(c)(ii), 5(c)(iii), 5(c)(iv), or 5(c)(v) hereof, or (y) that the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) has resolved that the Company has a
bona fide business purpose for doing so, then, upon providing such notice (which shall refer to the penultimate paragraph of this Section 5), the Issuers may delay the filing or the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement (if not then filed or effective, as applicable) and shall not be required to maintain the effectiveness thereof or amend or supplement the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration
Statement, in all cases, for a period (a “Delay Period”) expiring upon the earlier to occur of (i) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (x), such Holder’s or Participating Broker-Dealer’s receipt of
the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 5(k) hereof or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has received
copies of any amendments or supplements thereto or (ii) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (y), the date which is the earlier of (A) the date on which such business purpose ceases to interfere with the Issuers’
obligations to file or maintain the effectiveness of any such Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement or (B) 60 days after the Company notifies the Holders of such good faith determination. There shall not be more than 90 days of
Delay Periods during any 12-month period. The maximum length of the Applicable Period set forth in Section 2(b) shall be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days during any Delay Period. Any Delay Period will not alter the
obligations of the Issuers to pay Liquidated Damages under the circumstances set forth in Section 4 hereof. 
 Each Holder
or Participating Broker-Dealer, by its acceptance of any Registrable Note, agrees that during any Delay Period, each Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer will discontinue disposition of such Notes or Exchange Notes covered by such Registration
Statement or Prospectus or Exchange Notes to be sold by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be. 

  
 15 

 Section 6. Market Making. 

(a) At such time and for so long as any of the Notes or Exchange Notes are outstanding and any of the Initial Purchasers (each in such
capacity, the “Market Maker”) or any of their Affiliates is an Affiliate of the Company, the Guarantors or any of their Affiliates and proposes to make a market in the Notes or the Exchange Notes as applicable, as part of its
business in the ordinary course, the following provisions shall apply for the sole benefit of the Market Maker: 

(i) The Company and the Guarantors shall (A) on the date that the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or, if
required hereby, the Shelf Registration Statement is filed with the Commission, file one or more registration statements (the “Market Making Registration Statements”) (which may be the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the
Shelf Registration Statement if permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission) and use their commercially reasonable best efforts to cause such Market Making Registration Statements to be declared effective by the Commission on or prior
to the consummation of the Exchange Offer or the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable; (B) periodically amend such Market Making Registration Statements so that the information contained therein complies with the
requirements of Section 10(a) under the Securities Act; and (C) amend the Market Making Registration Statements or amend or supplement the related Prospectuses when necessary to reflect any material changes in the information provided
therein; provided, however, that (1) prior to filing the Market Making Registration Statements, any amendment thereto or any amendment or supplement to the related Prospectuses, the Company shall furnish to the Market Maker copies
of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of the Market Maker and its counsel and (2) the Company and the Guarantors will not file any Market Making Registration Statement, any amendment thereto
or any amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus to which the Market Maker and its counsel shall reasonably object unless the Company is advised by counsel that such Market Making Registration Statement, amendment or supplement is required
to be filed under applicable securities laws and the Company will provide the Market Maker and its counsel with copies of such Market Making Registration Statement and each amendment and supplement filed. The Company, in its sole discretion, may
determine to include Prospectuses relating to each of the Notes or the Exchange Notes in the same or different Market Making Registration Statements so long as each such registration statement complies with this Section 6. The term
“Prospectus” in this Section 6 includes any Prospectus contained in a Market Making Registration Statement relating to any or all of the Notes or the Exchange Notes, as applicable. 

(ii) The Company shall notify the Market Maker and, if requested by the Market Maker, confirm such advice in writing,
(A) when any Market Making Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment to any Market Making Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus has been filed, and, with respect to any Market Making
Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective; (B) of any request by the Commission for any post-effective amendment to any Market Making Registration Statement or any supplement or amendment to the
related Prospectus or for additional information; (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Market Making Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;
(D) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Notes or the Exchange Notes, as applicable, for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for
that purpose; and (E) of the happening of any event that makes any statement made in any Market Making Registration Statement, the related Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto untrue or that requires that making of any changes in
any Market Making Registration Statement, such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, in order to make the statements therein not misleading. 

  
 16 

 (iii) If any event contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii)(B) through
(E) occurs during the period for which the Company and the Guarantors are required to maintain an effective Market Making Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall promptly prepare and file with the Commission a
post-effective amendment to each Market Making Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus or file any other required document so that the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 
 (iv) In the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Market Making Registration Statement or of any order suspending the qualification of the Notes or Exchange Notes for
sale in any jurisdiction, the Company and the Guarantors shall promptly use their reasonable best efforts to obtain its withdrawal. 
 (v) The Company shall furnish to the Market Maker, without charge, (A) at least one conformed copy of any Market Making Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto and (B) as
many copies of the related Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto as the Market Maker may reasonably request. 
 (vi) The Company and the Guarantors shall consent to the use of any Prospectus contained in any Market Making Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto by the Market Maker in
connection with its market-making activities. 
 (vii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Section 6, the Company and the Guarantors may for valid business reasons, including without limitation, a potential material acquisition, divestiture of assets or other material corporate transaction, notify the Market Maker in writing that a
Market Making Registration Statement is no longer effective or the Prospectus included therein is no longer usable for offers and sales of Notes or Exchange Notes; provided that the use of a Market Making Registration Statement or the
Prospectus contained therein shall not be suspended for more than 75 days (whether or not consecutive) in the aggregate in any 12-month period. The Market Maker agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to this
Section 6(a)(vii), it will discontinue use of the Prospectus contained in such Market Making Registration Statement until receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus relating thereto or until advised in writing by the Company
that the use of the Prospectus contained in such Market Making Registration Statement may be resumed. 
 (b) In connection with
any Market Making Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection by a representative of, and counsel acting for, the Market Maker all relevant financial and other records, pertinent
corporate documents and properties of the Company, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries and (ii) use their respective reasonable best efforts to have their respective officers, directors, employees, accountants and counsel supply
all relevant information reasonably requested by such representative or counsel or the Market Maker; provided, however, that any information that is designated in writing by the Company or the Guarantors, in good faith, as confidential
at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by the Market Maker or any representative or counsel, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes
available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality; 

  
 17 

 (c) Prior to the effective date of any Market Making Registration Statement, the Company and
the Guarantors shall arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Notes or Exchange Notes, as applicable, for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Market Maker reasonably requests in writing and will maintain such qualification in
effect so long as required to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Notes or Exchange Notes, as applicable, covered by such Market Making Registration Statement; provided that in no event shall the Company and the Guarantors
be obligated to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to subject itself to service of
process in any such jurisdictions or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it not so subject. 
 (d)
The Company and the Guarantors represent and agree that any Market Making Registration Statement, any post-effective amendments thereto, any amendments or supplements to the related Prospectus and any documents filed by them under the Exchange Act
will, when they become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, conform in all respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and will not, as
of the effective date of such Market Making Registration Statement or post-effective amendments and as of the filing date of amendments or supplements to such Prospectus or filings under the Exchange Act, in the case of such Market Making
Registration Statement, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and in the case of such Prospectus, contain an untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that no representation or warranty is made as to
information contained in or omitted from any Market Making Registration Statement or the related Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Market Maker specifically for inclusion therein,
which information the parties hereto agree will be limited to the statements concerning the market-making activities of the Market Maker to be set forth on the cover page and in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the related Prospectus
(the “Market Maker’s Information”). 
 (e) At the time of effectiveness of any Market Making Registration
Statement and concurrently with each time such Market Making Registration Statement or the related Prospectus shall be amended or such Prospectus shall be supplemented, the Company shall (if requested by the Market Maker) furnish the Market Maker
and its counsel with a certificate of its Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer to the effect that: 
 (i) such Market Making Registration Statement has been declared effective; 
 (ii) in the case of an amendment to such Market Making Registration Statement, such amendment has become effective under the Act as of the date and time specified in such certificate, if applicable; and
in the case of an amendment or supplement to the Prospectus, such amendment or supplement to the Prospectus was filed with the Commission pursuant to the subparagraph of Rule 424(b) under the Act specified in such certificate on the date specified
therein; 
 (iii) to the knowledge of such officers, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Market
Making Registration Statement has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose is pending or threatened by the Commission; and 
 (iv) such officers have carefully examined such Market Making Registration Statement and the Prospectus (and, in the case of an amendment or supplement, such amendment

  
 18 

 
or supplement) and as of the date of such Market Making Registration Statement, amendment or supplement, as applicable, the Market Making Registration Statement as amended or supplemented, if
applicable, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented,
if applicable, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 

(f) At the time of effectiveness of any Market Making Registration Statement and concurrently with each time any Market Making
Registration Statement or the related Prospectus shall be amended or such Prospectus shall be supplemented, the Company shall (if requested by the Market Maker) furnish the Market Maker and its counsel with the written opinion of counsel for the
Company satisfactory to the Market Maker to the effect that: 
 (i) such Market Making Registration Statement has
been declared effective; 
 (ii) in the case of an amendment to such Market Making Registration Statement, such
amendment has become effective under the Securities Act as of the date and time specified in such opinion, if applicable; and in the case of an amendment or supplement to the Prospectus, such amendment or supplement to the Prospectus was filed with
the Commission pursuant to the subparagraph of Rule 424(b) under the Act specified in such opinion on the date specified therein; 
 (iii) to the knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Market Making Registration Statement has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose is pending or threatened
by the Commission; and 
 (iv) such counsel has reviewed such Market Making Registration Statement and the
Prospectus (and, in the case of an amendment or supplement, such amendment or supplement) and participated with officers of the Company and independent public accountants for the Company in the preparation of such Market Making Registration
Statement and Prospectus (and, in the case of an amendment or supplement, such amendment or supplement) and has no reason to believe that (except for the financial statements and other financial and statistical data contained therein as to which
such counsel need express no belief) as of the date of such Market Making Registration Statement, amendment or supplement, as applicable, the Market Making Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, contained any untrue
statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, did not include any untrue
statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 

(g) At the time of effectiveness of any Market Making Registration Statement and concurrently with each time such Market Making
Registration Statement or the related Prospectus shall be amended or such Prospectus shall be supplemented to include audited annual financial information, the Company shall (if requested by the Market Maker) furnish the Market Maker and its counsel
with a letter of KPMG LLP (or other independent public accountants for the Company or the Guarantors of nationally recognized standing) in form satisfactory to the Market Maker, addressed to the Market Maker and dated the date of delivery of such
letter, (i) confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the 

  
 19 

 
qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Commission and (ii) in all other respects, substantially in the form of the letter delivered to the Initial
Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, with, in the case of an amendment or supplement that includes audited financial information, such changes as may be necessary to reflect the amended or supplemented financial information. 

(h) The Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Market Maker, on the other hand, hereby agree to indemnify each other, and,
if applicable, contribute to the other, in accordance with Section 8 of this Agreement. 
 (i) The Company and the
Guarantors will comply with the provisions of this Section 6 at their own expense and will reimburse the Market Maker for its expenses associated with this Section 6 (including reasonable fees of counsel for the Market Maker). 

(j) The agreements contained in this Section 6 and the representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement shall
survive all offers and sales of the Notes and Exchange Notes and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party. 

(k) For purposes of this Section 6, (i) any reference to the terms “amend”, “amendment” or
“supplement” with respect to any Market Making Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein shall be deemed to refer to and include the filing under the Exchange Act of any document deemed to be incorporated therein by
reference and (ii) any reference to the terms “Notes” or “Exchange Notes” shall be deemed to refer to and include any securities issued in exchange for or with respect to such Notes or Exchange Notes. 

Section 7. Registration Expenses 
 All fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement by the Issuers (other than any underwriting discounts or commissions) shall be borne by the Issuers, whether or not
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement is filed or becomes effective or the Exchange Offer is consummated, including, without limitation, (i) all registration and filing fees (including, without
limitation, fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or Blue Sky laws (including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with Blue Sky qualifications of the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes and
determination of the eligibility of the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions (x) where the holders of Registrable Notes are located, in the case of an Exchange Offer, or (y) as provided in
Section 5(h) hereof, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or in the case of Exchange Notes to be sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period)), (ii) printing expenses, including, without limitation, expenses
of printing certificates for Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses included in any Registration Statement or in respect of Exchange Notes to be sold by any
Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period, as the case may be, if the printing of prospectuses is requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Registrable Notes (iii) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuers and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for all of the sellers of Registrable Notes
(exclusive of any counsel retained pursuant to Section 8 hereof) selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes, Exchange Notes and Private Exchange Notes being registered and reasonably satisfactory to the
Issuers, (v) fees and disbursements of all independent certified public accountants referred to in Section 5(m)(iii) hereof (including, without limitation, the expenses of any special audit and “cold comfort” letters required by
or incident to such performance), (vi) Securities Act liability insurance, if the Issuers 

  
 20 

 
desire such insurance, (vii) fees and expenses of all other Persons retained by any of the Issuers, (viii) internal expenses of the Issuers (including, without limitation, all salaries
and expenses of officers and employees of the Company performing legal or accounting duties), (ix) the expense of any annual audit, (x) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the securities to be registered on any
securities exchange, and the obtaining of a rating of the securities, in each case, if applicable, (xi) any required fees and expenses incurred in connection with any filing required to be made with the FINRA and (xii) the expenses
relating to printing, word processing and distributing all Registration Statements, underwriting agreements, indentures and any other documents necessary in order to comply with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the
contrary, each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions of any underwriters with respect to any Registrable Notes sold by or on behalf of it. 
 Section 8. Indemnification 
 (a) The Issuers, jointly and severally, agree
to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Registrable Notes and each Participating Broker-Dealer selling Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, each Person, if any, who controls any such Person within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act and the agents, employees, officers and directors of each Holder and each such Participating Broker-Dealer (each, a “Participant”) from and against any and all losses,
liabilities, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and any and all reasonable expenses whatsoever actually incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation,
commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all reasonable amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation) (collectively, “Losses”) to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act,
the Exchange Act or otherwise insofar as such Losses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment
thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus, or caused by, arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein
a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, provided
that the foregoing indemnity shall not be available to any Participant insofar as such Losses are caused by any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to
such Participant furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of such Participant expressly for use therein. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that the Issuers may otherwise have, including, but not limited to,
liability under this Agreement. 
 (b) Each Participant agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless each
Issuer, each Person, if any, who controls any Issuer within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, and each of their respective agents, partners, members, employees, officers and members of
the board of directors from and against any Losses to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise insofar as such Losses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto)
or any preliminary prospectus, or caused by, arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Prospectus or
any preliminary prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Participant furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such Participant expressly for use therein. 

  
 21 

 (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or 8(b) above of
notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding (collectively, an “action”), such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify each
party against whom indemnification is to be sought in writing of the commencement of such action (but the failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability that it may have under this
Section 8 except to the extent that it has been prejudiced in any material respect by such failure). In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement of such action, the
indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in such action, and to the extent it may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense
of such action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such action, but the reasonable fees and
expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party or parties unless (i) the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by the indemnifying parties in connection with the defense of such action,
(ii) the indemnifying parties shall not have employed counsel to take charge of the defense of such action within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, or (iii) the named parties to such action (including any
impleaded parties) include such indemnified party and the indemnifying party or parties (or such indemnifying parties have assumed the defense of such action), and such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded, after consultation
with counsel, that there may be defenses available to it or them that are different from or additional to those available to one or all of the indemnifying parties (in which case the indemnifying parties shall not have the right to direct the
defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events such reasonable fees and expenses of counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying parties. In no event shall the indemnifying party be liable for the
reasonable fees and expenses of more than one counsel (together with appropriate local counsel) at any time for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions arising in the same
jurisdiction out of the same general allegations or circumstances. Any such separate firm for the Participants shall be designated in writing by Participants who sold a majority in interest of Registrable Notes sold by all such Participants and
shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company and any such separate firm for the Issuers, their Affiliates, officers, directors, representatives, employees and agents and such control Person of such Issuers shall be designated in writing by such
Issuers and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Holders. An indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any claim or action effected without its written consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the
foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 8, then the
indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid
request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement and (iii) such indemnified party shall have given the indemnifying party at least 45
days’ prior notice of its intention to settle. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is
or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter
of such proceeding and (y) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. 

  
 22 

 (d) In order to provide for contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification
provided for in this Section 8 is for any reason held to be unavailable from the indemnifying party for any Losses referred to therein, or is insufficient to hold harmless a party indemnified under this Section 8 for any Losses referred to
therein, each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such aggregate Losses (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by each
indemnifying party, on the one hand, and each indemnified party, on the other hand, from the sale of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers or the resale of the Registrable Notes by such Holder, as applicable, or (ii) if such allocation is not
permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of each indemnified party, on the one hand, and each indemnifying party, on
the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Issuers, on the one hand, and each Participant, on the other
hand, shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (x) the total proceeds from the sale of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers (net of discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Issuers and (y) the total
net profit received by such Participant in connection with the sale of the Registrable Notes bear to the aggregate offering price of the Notes under the Purchase Agreement. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among
other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuers or such Participant and the parties’ relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission or alleged statement or omission. 
 (e) The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take
into account the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, (i) in no case shall any Participant be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net profit
received by such Participant in connection with the sale of the Registrable Notes exceeds the amount of any damages that such Participant has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission and (ii) no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Any
party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties under this Section 8, notify such
party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify such party or parties shall not relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any obligation it or they may have under this Section 8
or otherwise, except to the extent that it has been prejudiced in any material respect by such failure; provided, however, that no additional notice shall be required with respect to any action for which notice has been given under
this Section 8 for purposes of indemnification. Anything in this section to the contrary notwithstanding, no party shall be liable for contribution with respect to any action or claim settled without its written consent, provided,
however, that such written consent was not unreasonably withheld. 
 Section 9. Rules 144 and 144A 

The Issuers covenant that they will file the reports required, if any, to be filed by them under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act
and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder in a timely manner in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and, if at any time the Issuers are not required to file such reports, they will,
upon the request of any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Notes, make available such information necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The Issuers further covenant that for so long as any Registrable Notes
remain outstanding they will take such further action as any 

  
 23 

 
Holder of Registrable Notes may reasonably request from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Notes without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the
exemptions provided by (a) Rule 144 and Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or (b) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. 

Section 10. Underwritten Registrations 
 If any of the Registrable Notes covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will manage
the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Registrable Notes included in such offering and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. 

No Holder of Registrable Notes may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder if such Holder does not (a) agree to sell
such Holder’s Registrable Notes on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) complete and execute all questionnaires, powers of attorney,
indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 
 Section
11. Miscellaneous 
 (a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Issuers have not, as of the date hereof, and shall not,
after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to any of their securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Notes in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.
The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not conflict with and are not inconsistent with, in any material respect, the rights granted to the holders of any of the Issuers’ other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements.
The Issuers have not entered and will not enter into any agreement with respect to any of their securities which will grant to any Person piggy-back registration rights with respect to any Registration Statement. 

(b) Adjustments Affecting Registrable Notes. The Issuers shall not, directly or indirectly, take any action with respect to the
Registrable Notes as a class that would adversely affect the ability of the Holders of Registrable Notes to include such Registrable Notes in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement. 

(c) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents
to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given except pursuant to a written agreement duly signed and delivered by (i) the Company (on behalf of all Issuers) and (ii)(A) the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Registrable Notes and (B) in circumstances that would adversely affect the Participating Broker-Dealers, the Participating Broker-Dealers holding not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the Exchange Notes held by all Participating Broker-Dealers; provided, however, that Section 8 and this Section 11(c) may not be amended, modified or supplemented except pursuant to a written agreement duly signed and
delivered by the Issuers and each Holder and each Participating Broker-Dealer (including any Person who was a Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer of Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, disposed of pursuant to any Registration
Statement) affected by any such amendment, modification, waiver or supplement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders of
Registrable Notes whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Holders of Registrable Notes may be given by Holders of at least
a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes being sold pursuant to such Registration Statement. 

  
 24 

 (d) Notices. All notices and other communications (including, without limitation, any
notices or other communications to the Trustee) provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, next-day air courier or telecopier: 

(i) if to a Holder of the Registrable Notes or any Participating Broker-Dealer, at the most current address of such Holder
or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, set forth on the records of the registrar under the Indenture. 
 (ii) if to any Issuer, to: 
 c/o Basic Energy Services, Inc.

 801 Cherry Street, Suite 2100 

Ft. Worth, TX 76102 
 Fax: (817) 334-4101 
 Attention: Alan Krenek, Senior Vice
President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary 
 with a copy to: 

Andrews Kurth LLP 
 600 Travis, Suite 4200 
 Houston, TX 77002 

Fax: (713) 238-7126 
 Attention: David C. Buck, Esq. 
 (iii) if to the Initial
Purchasers, at the address as follows: 
 c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith 

                    
Incorporated 
       One Bryant Park 

      New York, New York 10036 

      Fax: 212-901-7897 

      Attention: Legal Department 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five
Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged by the recipient’s telecopier machine, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing
overnight delivery. 
 Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person
giving the same to the Trustee at the address and in the manner specified in such Indenture. 
 (e) Guarantors. So long
as any Registrable Notes remain outstanding, the Issuers shall cause each Person that becomes a guarantor of the Notes under the Indenture to execute and deliver a counterpart to this Agreement which subjects such Person to the provisions of this
Agreement as a Guarantor. Each of the Guarantors agrees to join the Issuers in all of their undertakings hereunder to effect the Exchange Offer for the Exchange Notes and the filing of any Shelf Registration Statement required hereunder. 

  
 25 

 (f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto, the Holders and the Participating Broker-Dealers; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign
of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign holds Registrable Notes. 
 (g) Counterparts. This
Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 (h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise
affect the meaning hereof. 
 (i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 (j) Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is
held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected,
impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is
hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or
unenforceable. 
 (k) Securities Held by the Issuers or Their Affiliates. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of
a specified percentage of Registrable Notes is required hereunder, Registrable Notes held by the Issuers or any of their affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) shall not be counted in determining whether such
consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage. 
 (l) Third-Party Beneficiaries. Holders and
beneficial owners of Registrable Notes and Participating Broker-Dealers are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement, and this Agreement may be enforced by such Persons. No other Person is intended to be, or shall be construed as, a
third-party beneficiary of this Agreement. 
 (m) Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement
and the Indenture, is intended by the parties as a final and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein and any and all prior oral or written agreements,
representations, or warranties, contracts, understandings, correspondence, conversations and memoranda between the Holders on the one hand and the Issuers on the other, or between or among any agents, representatives, parents, subsidiaries,
Affiliates, predecessors in interest or successors in interest with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof are merged herein and replaced hereby. 
 [Signature pages follow] 

  
 26 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written
above. 
  

			
	BASIC ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Kenneth V. Huseman
	Name:	 	Kenneth V. Huseman
	Title:	 	President

  

	
	 BASIC ENERGY SERVICES GP, LLC

FIRST ENERGY SERVICES COMPANY
 BASIC ESA,
INC.
 BASIC MARINE SERVICES, INC.

CHAPARRAL SERVICE, INC.
 HENNESSEY RENTAL TOOLS,
INC.
 OILWELL FRACTURING SERVICES, INC.

WILDHORSE SERVICES, INC.
 LEBUS OIL FIELD SERVICE
CO.
 GLOBE WELL SERVICE, INC.
 SCH
DISPOSAL, L.L.C.
 JS ACQUISITION LLC

JETSTAR HOLDINGS, INC.
 ACID SERVICES,
LLC
 JETSTAR ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

SLEDGE DRILLING CORP.
 PERMIAN PLAZA,
LLC
 XTERRA FISHING & RENTAL TOOLS CO.
 PLATINUM PRESSURE SERVICES, INC.
 ADMIRAL WELL SERVICE, INC.

 
			
		
	By:	 	/s/ Kenneth V. Huseman
	Name:	 	Kenneth V. Huseman
	Title:	 	President

  

			
	BASIC ENERGY SERVICES LP, LLC
		
	By:	 	/s/ Jerry Tufly
	Name:	 	Jerry Tufly
	Title:	 	President

  

SIGNATURE PAGE TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS
AGREEMENT - 1 

 
			
	BASIC ENERGY SERVICES, L.P.
		
	By:	 	BASIC ENERGY SERVICES GP, LLC
		 	its General Partner

  

			
		
	By:	 	/s/ Kenneth V. Huseman
	Name:	 	Kenneth V. Huseman
	Title:	 	President

  

			
	TAYLOR INDUSTRIES, LLC
		
	By:	 	/s/ Kenneth V. Huseman
	Name:	 	Kenneth V. Huseman
	Title:	 	Chief Executive Officer
	  
 MAVERICK COIL TUBING SERVICES, LLC

MAVERICK SOLUTIONS, LLC
 MAVERICK STIMULATION
COMPANY, LLC
 MAVERICK THRU-TUBING SERVICES, LLC
 MCM HOLDINGS, LLC
 MSM LEASING, LLC
 THE MAVERICK COMPANIES, LLC

 
			
		
	By:	 	/s/ Kenneth V. Huseman
	Name:	 	Kenneth V. Huseman
	Title:	 	President and Chief Executive Officer

  

SIGNATURE PAGE TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS
AGREEMENT - 2 

 Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written 

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH 

                    INCORPORATED 

Acting on behalf of itself and as a Representative of the several Initial Purchasers 

 

					
			
		 	By:	 	/s/ John Pantalena
		 	Name:	 	John Pantalena
		 	Title:	 	Director

 GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO. 
 Acting on behalf of itself and as a Representative of the several Initial Purchasers 
  

					
			
		 	By:	 	/s/ Ryan Gilliam
		 	Name:	 	Ryan Gilliam
		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Associate General Counsel

 WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC 
 Acting on behalf of itself and as a Representative of the several Initial Purchasers 
  

					
			
		 	By:	 	/s/ Whitney Wall
		 	Name:	 	Whitney Wall
		 	Title:	 	Director

  

SIGNATURE PAGE TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS
AGREEMENT - 3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00209-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00209-of-00352.parquet"}]]